EPSON AcuLaser C2800 - 3800 Service Manual

SERVI CE MANUAL
A4 Full Color Laser Printer

EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
C3800/C3800D
SEPG06001
Confidential
Confidential
Notice:
The purpose of this manual is to provide the product knowledge and the technical information required for repair or maintenance of EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/
C3800D.
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
This manual contains confidential information and sensitive matters, special care should be taken when handling the manual.
The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the products performance and functions.
Some of the descriptions or the appearance of some parts in this manual may differ from those on an actual product.
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2007.
Imaging Products CS, PL & Environmental Management
Confidential
This manual consists of the following seven chapters:
Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional
information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a
procedure or an action. Be sure to read and understand the information with these
symbols.
CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
Describes the main features, basic specifications, consumable products,
periodic replacement parts, and controller interface of the product.
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Describes each mechanism configurations and explains fundamental
operating principle of major components including the control system.
CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Describes the troubleshooting procedures that can help you diagnose and
resolve problems. The problems are sorted by displayed error codes and
phenomena of abnormal image output.
CHAPTER 4 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling
of the product.
CHAPTER 5 ADJUSTMENT
Describes the settings and the adjustments to be performed during the
maintenance work.
CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE
Describes preventive maintenance procedures.
CHAPTER 7 APPENDIX
Provides the additional information such as panel operations, connector
pin layouts, electric wiring diagrams, parts list, and exploded diagrams
for reference.
Manual Configuration
Symbols Used in this Manual
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
Indicates a prohibited action during maintenance work.
Indicates a mandatory action during maintenance work.
CHECK
POINT
condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently.
Provides additional information that is related to a specific
subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous
action.
Indicates a product reassembly procedure, practice or condition
that must be executed in accordance with the specified standards to
maintain the products quality.
ADJUSTMENT
REQUIRED
condition that must be executed in accordance with the specified
standards to maintain the products quality.
Confidential
Safety-related Symbols
Safety Equipment
List of Safety Equipment
Location of Safety Equipment
condition that, if not strictly observed, would result in injury or loss
of life.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss
of life.
condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or may cause damage to, or destruction of equipment.
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for
any reason whatsoever. (e.g. Making a connection circuit bypasses
the safety equipment.)
Name Function/Purpose
Harness Assy Interlock Interrupts +24 VDC power supply to HVPS and motors as soon as
the COVER ASSY FRONT is opened.
Safety
Kmy00012EC
Harness Assy Interlock
Confidential
Safety System Wiring Schematic
L
V
P
S
H
A
R
N
E
S
S
A
S
S
Y
I
N
L
E
T
S
W
I
T
C
H
P
O
W
E
R
F
U
S
E
R

A
S
S
Y
P
W
B
A

M
C
U
D
C

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y

A
C

H
A
C

N
H
e
a
t
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
H
e
a
t
e
r

O
N
A
C

H
A
C

H
H
A
R
N
E
S
S

A
S
S
Y

I
N
T
E
R
L
O
C
K
F
u
s
e
r
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
+
2
4
V
D
C
D
R
I
V
E

A
S
S
Y

P
H
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

P
H

R
E
G
I
D
R
I
V
E

A
S
S
Y

M
A
I
N
S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D

F
E
E
D

M
S
I
R
O
S

A
S
S
Y
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

P
H

T
U
R
N
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

P
H

F
E
E
D
T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R

A
S
S
Y
D
I
S
P
E
N
S
E
R

A
S
S
Y
(
Y
)
/
(
M
)
/
(
C
)
/
(
K
)
H
V
P
S
+
5
V
D
C
+
3
.
3
V
D
C
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

P
H
T
U
R
N
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

P
H
F
E
E
D
D
R
I
V
E

A
S
S
Y

O
P
T
F
D
R
P
W
B
A

O
P
T
F
D
R
P
W
B
A

D
U
P
C
L
U
T
C
H

A
S
S
Y

D
U
P
M
O
T
O
R

A
S
S
Y

D
U
P

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V

I
/
L

+
2
4
V
I
/
L

+
2
4
V
I
/
L

+
2
4
V
I
/
L

+
2
4
V
I
/
L

+
2
4
V
I
/
L

+
2
4
V
K
m
y
0
0
0
1
3
E
B
+
5
V
D
C
+
3
.
3
V
D
C
+
5
V
D
C
+
5
V
D
C
+
3
.
3
V
D
C
+
3
.
3
V
D
C
P
W
B
A

E
S
S
H
e
a
t
e
r
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t
T
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
e
r
+
2
4
V
D
C
Confidential
Laser Beam
Safety-related Label (Caution Label)/Laser Opening Location
Laser Specifications
Handling Precautions
Laser Openings
ROS Assy
Maximum output power 5 mV
Wavelength (AcuLaser C2800/C2800D) 770 nm ~800 nm
Wavelength (AcuLaser C3800/C3800D) 785 nm
Disassembling and adjustment procedures not specified herein
may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Do not disassemble or attempt to adjust the ROS Assy for any
reason whatsoever. When the ROS Assy malfunctions, replace
it with a new one.
Confidential
Prohibited Matters
Never deactivate the safety equipment installed on the product for any reason
whatsoever.
Never modify the safety equipment or replace it with part not approved by
EPSON. Doing so may cause the safety functions to stop working properly, and
may result in fire or injury.
Never modify the product. If you are instructed to do so, however, fully
understand the instruction and perform the modification.
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the
printer off and unplug the power cord before starting maintenance
work. When the power supply cable must be connected to measure
voltage or for any other task, strictly follow the instructions and use
extreme caution in working on electronic components.
Pay particular attention to the high-voltage part indicated with the
symbol on the left.
Do not touch the high temperature parts indicated with the symbol
on the left. Those parts are extremely hot immediately after use. If
you need to replace those parts, leave the printer until it cools.
Use the specified service parts for repair and maintenance.
When using compressed air products; such as air duster, for
cleaning during repair and maintenance, the use of such products
containing flammable gas is prohibited.
Connect the printer to an electrical outlet that matches the printers
rated voltage and power requirements.
Do not connect any other devices to the electrical outlet supplying
the printer. Doing so can cause overloading of the electrical circuit
and may cause a fire.
Do not use extension cords or power adapters to plug multiple
devices into the same outlet. Power plug and electrical outlet should
be free from dust or foreign objects.
The printer should be properly grounded to prevent electric shock.
The grounding terminal should be one of the followings:
a. One of the electrical outlet
b. One that is grounded by a D-type grounding construction.
(The former third-type grounding construction; grounding
resistance under 100 ).
Power cord should not be deformed or damaged. If the cord is
damaged, replace it with a new one dedicated for the product.
After replacing the Fuser Unit or any other parts to which AC
voltage is applied, be sure to check the part is properly installed and
the connecting cables are not caught between metal parts.
Otherwise a fire or an electric shock may occur.
Fuse on the Power Supply Unit must not be replaced under any
circumstances.
Confidential
Before performing repair and maintenance work, read and
understand the documents of the product (e.g. service manual).
Be sure to follow the specified steps and use the prescribed tools
described in the documents.
When disassembling or assembling the product, make sure to wear
gloves to avoid injury from metal parts with sharp edges.
Take care not to drop any screws, washers, or clips inside the
printer body. Should it fall in, do not boot up your printer until the
part has been safely removed.
After reassembling the printer, make sure all the parts and the
screws are put back in place and the cables are not caught between
metal parts.
Though toner and developer are safe for human body, they may
cause irritation to skin and eyes. If toner gets into your eyes, wash it
away immediately with water. If irritation continues, see a physician.
If toner gets in your mouth, rinse immediately with plenty of water.
If swallowed, induce vomiting and consult a physician.
Do not throw used toner cartridges or toner into the flames.
Do not use vacuum cleaner for home use to clean up spills of
powdered toners. The very fine particles can cause fire/explosion.
Sweep them thoroughly with a broom or wipe them with a cloth
moistened with neutral detergent. If a large amount of toner is
spilled, use a toner vacuum designed specifically to clean toner.
Ozone gas is generated by the printer as a by-product of the
printing process. The amount of gas is too small to be harmful,
however, some users may feel uncomfortable under the following
conditions. It is desirable to advice the users to ventilate the room
when using the printer.
When using the printer for a long period of time in a room with
poor ventilation.
When printing a large amount of documents at a time.
When using multiple printers in the same room.
In order to protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use
static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when
accessing internal components.
The printer is heavy (27.0 kg (59.5 lb.) excluding toner cartridges
including Transfer Unit and Duplex Unit) and must be lifted
horizontally by two or more people.
Do not use thinner or alcohol when cleaning the product as it may
result in discoloration or deformation.
Confidential
This manual is revised when the system, component, or part of the product is modified as a result of continuing improvements to the products performance and functions.
See the table below for recent updates.
Revision History
Revision Date of Issue Description
A September 29, 2006 First Release
B November 8, 2006 Revision up:
Chapter 1
Over view(p14) / Printer Specifications(P15) / Dimensions and weight(P18) / Supported papers(P20) / External interfaces(P25)
Some items were revised.
C October 16, 2007 Revision up:
All Chapter
Information on AcuLaser C2800/C2800D has been added.
Confidential
Contents
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Overview............................................................................................................ 14
1.2 Product Specifications........................................................................................ 15
1.2.1 Basic Specifications................................................................................. 15
1.2.2 Paper Specifications................................................................................ 21
1.2.3 Replacement Parts................................................................................... 24
1.2.4 Controller Specifications......................................................................... 25
1.3 List of Printer Messages..................................................................................... 27
1.4 Product Comparison........................................................................................... 29
Chapter 2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES
2.1 Print Process Overview...................................................................................... 31
2.2 Print Process Diagram........................................................................................ 32
2.3 Technical Explanation of Print Process.............................................................. 33
2.3.1 Charging.................................................................................................. 33
2.3.2 Exposure.................................................................................................. 34
2.3.3 Development............................................................................................ 35
2.3.4 Transfer (Drum Paper)........................................................................ 36
2.3.5 Cleaning (Toner Cartridge) ..................................................................... 37
2.3.6 Discharging.............................................................................................. 38
2.3.7 Fusing...................................................................................................... 39
2.3.8 Cleaning (Transfer Belt).......................................................................... 39
2.4 Paper Feed.......................................................................................................... 40
2.4.1 Paper Feed Path....................................................................................... 40
2.4.2 Paper Feed Path Layout........................................................................... 40
2.5 Main Structures and Functions........................................................................... 41
2.5.1 Paper Cassette.......................................................................................... 41
2.5.2 Paper Feeder............................................................................................ 43
2.5.3 MSI & Regi Assy.................................................................................... 44
2.5.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser.............................................................................. 47
2.5.5 ROS ASSY .............................................................................................. 49
2.5.6 Xerographics............................................................................................ 50
2.5.7 Drive....................................................................................................... 52
2.5.8 Electrical ................................................................................................. 53
2.5.9 Duplex..................................................................................................... 55
2.5.10 550 Paper Feeder .................................................................................. 56
2.6 Mode.................................................................................................................. 59
2.6.1 Operating Modes..................................................................................... 59
2.7 Control ............................................................................................................... 60
2.7.1 Paper Size Control .................................................................................. 60
2.7.2 ROS Light Intensity Control................................................................... 61
2.7.3 Process Control ....................................................................................... 62
2.7.4 Color Registration Control...................................................................... 64
2.7.5 Fuser Control .......................................................................................... 65
2.8 Drive Transmission Path.................................................................................... 66
2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN............................................................................. 66
2.8.2 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)....................................................... 69
2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH................................................................................... 70
2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP.............................................................................. 71
2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR........................................................................ 72
2.9 Features of the Controller.................................................................................. 73
2.9.1 Power Supply.......................................................................................... 75
Confidential
Chapter 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
3.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting........................................................................... 77
3.1.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting................................................................ 77
3.1.2 Preliminary Check................................................................................... 77
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Troubleshooting Work.................................. 78
3.1.4 Notes on Using FIP ................................................................................. 79
3.2 FIP...................................................................................................................... 80
3.2.1 FIP........................................................................................................... 80
3.2.2 The flow of FIP ....................................................................................... 80
3.2.3 List of Warnings and Errors.................................................................... 81
3.2.4 List of Service Request............................................................................ 85
3.3 Engine-related Trouble FIP................................................................................ 87
3.3.1 Level 1 FIP.............................................................................................. 87
3.3.2 Level 2 FIP............................................................................................ 121
3.4 Controller-related Trouble FIP......................................................................... 133
3.5 Print Quality Trouble FIP................................................................................. 135
3.5.1 Print Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart........................................... 135
3.5.2 Cycle of the Rollers.............................................................................. 136
3.5.3 Print Quality FIP.................................................................................... 137
3.6 Abnormal Noise-related Trouble...................................................................... 151
3.6.1 Abnormal Noise-related Troubleshooting Entry Chart......................... 151
3.6.2 Abnormal Noise-related FIP.................................................................. 152
3.7 Test Print .......................................................................................................... 154
3.7.1 What is Test Print?................................................................................ 154
3.7.2 How to Print .......................................................................................... 154
3.8 Symptoms When Connectors are Disconnected............................................... 156
3.8.1 Reliability.............................................................................................. 158
Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
4.1 Preliminary Check........................................................................................... 160
4.1.1 Required Tools...................................................................................... 160
4.1.2 Prohibited Disassembly........................................................................ 160
4.2 Major Reassembly Unit................................................................................... 161
4.3 Disassembly Flowchart.................................................................................... 163
4.4 Disassembly/Reassembly................................................................................. 177
4.4.1 How to Read this Chapter..................................................................... 177
4.4.2 COVER (PART 1)................................................................................ 179
4.4.3 COVER (PART 2)................................................................................ 182
4.4.4 COVER (PART 3)................................................................................ 187
4.4.5 COVER (PART 4)................................................................................ 192
4.4.6 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 1) ............................................................ 211
4.4.7 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 2) ............................................................ 217
4.4.8 PAPER FEEDER (PART 1)................................................................. 221
4.4.9 PAPER FEEDER (PART 2)................................................................. 226
4.4.10 PAPER FEEDER (PART 3)............................................................... 240
4.4.11 PAPER FEEDER (PART 4)............................................................... 253
4.4.12 TRANSFER (PART 1)....................................................................... 268
4.4.13 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 1)............................................................. 271
4.4.14 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 2)............................................................. 280
4.4.15 FUSER & EXIT (PART 1)................................................................. 298
4.4.16 FRAME (PART 1).............................................................................. 301
4.4.17 FRAME (PART 2).............................................................................. 309
4.4.18 DRIVE................................................................................................ 317
4.4.19 ELECTRICAL (PART 1)................................................................... 327
4.4.20 ELECTRICAL (PART 2)................................................................... 337
4.4.21 ELECTRICAL (PART 3)................................................................... 343
4.4.22 DUPLEX............................................................................................. 349
4.4.23 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 1)...................................................... 358
Confidential
Chapter 5 ADJUSTMENT
5.1 Adjustment Items.............................................................................................. 382
5.2 Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 383
5.2.1 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Auto)................................... 383
5.2.2 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Manual)............................... 384
5.2.3 Writing USB ID..................................................................................... 385
5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program.................................................................. 387
Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE
6.1 Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement............... 390
6.2 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 392
Chapter 7 APPENDIX
7.1 Connectors........................................................................................................ 396
7.1.1 List of Plugs and J acks.......................................................................... 396
7.2 Control Panel Special Features......................................................................... 402
7.2.1 Operational Procedures and Functions.................................................. 402
7.2.2 Special Menu......................................................................................... 403
7.3 Firmware Update.............................................................................................. 406
7.4 Information Sheets............................................................................................ 413
7.4.1 Status Sheet ........................................................................................... 413
7.4.2 Engine Status Sheet............................................................................... 414
7.4.3 Print Log Report.................................................................................... 417
7.5 Exploded diagrams and Parts List.................................................................... 419
Confidential
CHAP T E R
1
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
EPSON AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Overview 14
Confidential
1.1 Overview
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D is a non-impact color page printer that takes
advantage of a laser and electrophotographic technologies. AcuLaser C2800D/C3800D
has a duplex unit as part of its standard equipment, whereas the unit is available as an
optional device for AcuLaser C2800/C3800. Listed below are the features of AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D:
Prints on A4 paper
(User defined paper size: 76.20 x 98.40 mm ~220 x 355.6 mm)
High-speed tandem printing engine
Up to 20 ppm (color) and 25 ppm (monochrome) in A4 single-sided printing
Flexible paper handling capabilities
Full color, high quality printing up to 1200 dpi
Compact and lightweight
*: The depth (D) varies up to 577mm according to the sizes of the loaded paper.
Provides three interfaces as standard
USB 1.1(2.0FS) Host I/F (AcuLaser C3800/3800D only)
Ethernet (100BaseTX/10BaseT) I/F
USB 2.0HS I/F
Combination imaging cartridge-photoconductor units that offer users reduced
maintenance
Switches to monochrome mode when a color imaging cartridge is empty
Figure 1-1. Product View
Model name MP tray
Standard lower paper
cassette (Standard)
550-sheet paper cassette
unit (optional)
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
150 sheets
250 sheets
550 sheets
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D 550 sheets
Model name Dimensions (W x D x H) Weight
AcuLaser C2800
408 x 501* x 476.5 mm
22.5 kg
AcuLaser C2800D 23.6 kg
AcuLaser C3800
420 x 501* x 508 mm
25.8 kg
AcuLaser C3800D 27.0 kg
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Specifications 15
Confidential
1.2 Product Specifications
1.2.1 Basic Specifications
PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
Print resolution 600 dpi, 1200 dpi
Print speed
*1
(Single-sided /Duplex)
Color 20 ppm / 14 ppm
Monochrome 25 ppm / 17.3 ppm
Warm-up time 22C, 55% RH Less than 32 seconds
*2
(110-120 V)
Less than 30 seconds
*2
(220-240 V)
First print out
*3
Color
Less than 15.0 seconds
Monochrome
Less than 15.0 seconds
Dimensions (W x D x H)
*4
408 x 501 ~577 x 476.5 mm
420 x 501 ~577 x 508 mm
Weight (Main unit) AcuLaser C2800
24.0 kg
AcuLaser C2800D
25.1 kg
AcuLaser C3800
25.8 kg
AcuLaser C3800D
27.0 kg
Power supply AC 120 V 10% / 50 or 60 Hz 3Hz
AC 220 V ~240 V 10% / 50 or 60 Hz 3Hz
Power consumption
(110-120 V
/ 220-240 V)
Max. Single-sided 730 W / 730 W
Duplex 750 W / 750 W
Average continuous
printing
Color: 376 W / 361 W
Monochrome: 354 W / 347 W
Average in stand-by
mode (heater: ON)
82 W / 78 W
Average in sleep
mode (heater: OFF)
24 W / 25 W
Average in extremely
low-power mode
17 W / 17 W
Life
*5
300,000 pages or five years,
whichever comes first
MPBF
*4
150,000 pages
Durability Average:2,000 pages / month
Max.: 60,000 pages / month
Serviceability MTTR
*7
: Less than 30 minutes (average)
Noise Printing 51 dB
Standing by 30 dB
Environmental
conditions (operating)
Temperature and
humidity
10 ~32 C
15 ~85% RH
*6
5 ~32 C
15 ~85% RH
*6
Altitude
(Air pressure)
0 ~3,500 m
(1013 hPA ~658 hPA)
Levelness Difference between front and back:
Approx. less than 5 mm
Difference between left and right:
Approx. less than 5.5 mm
Illumination Less than 3,000 lx (should not be exposed to
direct sunlight)
Storage and
transportation
conditions
Temperature and
humidity
0 ~35 C
15 ~80% RH
*6
Confidential
Safety and
regulations
Safety standards <120 V>
2006/95/EC EN60950-1
EN60825-1
CNS14336
UL60950 3rd Edition
CSA C22.2 No.60950-00
FDA21CFR Chapter 1 Laser Product,
Subchapter J , Section 1010, 1040
<220 V series>
2006/95/EC EN60950-1
EN60825-1
IEC60950 3rd Edition
EN60950 3rd Edition
IEC60825 Class 1 Laser Product
CE Directive
Nordic Agency Approvals
EMC <120 V>
EN55022, Class B
EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2/IEC61000-4-
3/IEC61000-4-4/IEC 61000-4-11)
CNS13438 Class B
FCC Part15 Subpart B, Class B
(ANSI C63.4)
<220 V series>
EN55022, Class B
EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2/IEC61000-4-
3/IEC61000-4-4/IEC61000-4-5/
IEC61000-4-6IEC61000-4-8/IEC
61000-4-11)
EN61000-3-2 (Harmonics)
EN61000-3-3 (Flicker)
EN55022, Class B
IEC-61000-4-3/IEC-61000-4-4/IEC-
61000-4-6
IEC-61000-4-8
EN61000-3-2 (Harmonics) Class A
EN61000-3-3 (Flicker)
EN61000-4-5 (IEC61000-4-5)
Exhaust gas TVOC Less than 10.0 mg/h
Ozone density Less than 2.0 mg/h
Styrene density Less than 1.0 mg/h
Dust density Less than 4.0 mg/h
Benzene Less than 0.05 mg/h
Confidential
*1: Conditions: A4, plain paper, continuous printing
The values vary depending on paper type and size.
*2: Less than 30 seconds from sleep mode.
*3: Paper feeder =MP tray, Paper size =A4
*4: Main unit only.
*5: A4, continuous printing, independent of color/monochrome ratio.
*6: No condensation.
*7: Mean Time To Repair: Time required for service personnel to determine and correct the
cause of the malfunction.
OPTIONAL UNIT
*: AcuLaser C2800D/C3800D are equipped with a duplex unit as a standard feature.
250-sheet paper
cassette unit
Capacity: Up to 250 sheets
Paper size: A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive, LGL 13 (GLG), LGL 14
550-sheet paper
cassette unit
Capacity: Up to 550 sheets
Duplex unit
*
Confidential
EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES

Figure 1-2. External View and Part Names
Table 1-1. Part Names
No. Name No. Name No. Name
1 Control panel 7 I/F cover 13 Ethernet interface connector
2 MP tray (Multi-Purpose tray) 8 Power switch 14 AC inlet
3 Standard lower paper cassette 9 Output tray extension 15 Paper cassette cover (optional)
4 550-sheet paper cassette unit 10 FG screw 16 Paper cassette cover (standard)
5 USB Host interface 11 USB interface connector 17 Controller option expanded aperture plate
6 Latch on front cover (Cover A) 12 Type-B interface card slot cover
1
2
3
9
5
8
7
6
16
17
11
12
13
10
14 4
15
Confidential
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT
The following figure shows the dimensions and weight of the printer.
NOTE 1 : Manufacturing tolerance is 1% mm in dimensions and 1% kg in weight.
2 : Imaging cartridges are not included in the weight of the main unit.
Figure 1-3. Main Unit (Unit: mm)
Figure 1-4. Main Unit with Optional Units Installed (Unit: mm)

420
501 ~ 577
*
450
51 ~ 127.3
*
465 mm
508 mm
AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D
AcuLaser
C3800/C3800D
Main Unit 24.0 kg 25.8 kg
* : Dimension varies depending on the installation
position of the standard lower paper cassette.

420
450
501 ~ 577
*
51 ~ 127.3
*
AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D
AcuLaser
C3800/C3800D
550-sheet paper cassette unit 7.8 kg
Main unit +Duplex unit 25.1 kg 27.0 kg
Main unit +550-sheet paper
cassette unit
31.8 kg 33.6 kg
Main unit +Duplex unit +
550-sheet paper cassette unit
32.9 kg 34.8 kg
* : Dimension varies depending on the installation
position of the standard lower paper cassette.
614.5 mm
646 mm
Confidential
INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS
The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer.
Be sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
Figure 1-5. Installation Space Requirements
100
100
1178
127.3
350
unit: mm
826.5 mm
858 mm
Confidential
1.2.2 Paper Specifications
SUPPORTED PAPERS
Note : Always test a sample of paper stock before purchasing large quantities or printing large jobs.
*1: Standard paper: RX-80, Xerox 4024 paper
Plain paper: Commonly used copy paper, recycled paper, or quality paper (60 ~105 g/m2)
*2: Conditions: 22 C/55% RH.
*3: O: Paper feeding and print quality are guaranteed.
: Paper feeding and printing are possible (reserved for papers that are used commonly).
Print quality is NOT guaranteed.
X: Not supported.
Table 1-2. Supported Papers
Paper Feeder
Paper Type
Paper Size
Capacity
(Height)
*2
Feeding Assurance
*3
Type
*1
Weight Standard Paper Plain Paper Special Media
Standard Standard lower
paper cassette
Standard paper
Plain paper
60 ~105 g/m
2
A4, A5, B5, Letter, Executive,
LGL 13 (GLG), LGL 14
550 sheets
(59.4 mm)
O X
MP tray Standard paper
Plain paper
60 ~105 g/m
2
A4, A5, B5, Letter, Half letter, GLT,
Executive, LGL 13 (GLG), LGL 14
150 sheets
(15 mm)
O
Special
media
Transparency --- A4, Letter 75 sheets
Label --- A4, Letter ---
(15 mm)
Thick paper
Extra thick paper
106 ~163 g/m
2
164 ~216 g/m
2
A4, A5, B5, Letter, Half letter,
Executive, GLT
---
(15 mm)
Envelope 75 ~105 g/m
2
DL, ISO-B5, C5 ---
(15 mm)
User defined 60 ~216 g/m
2
Width: 76.20 mm ~220.00 mm
Length: 98.40 mm ~355.60 mm
150 sheets
(15 mm)
Duplex unit Standard paper
Plain paper
60 ~163 g/m
2
---
O
(Thick paper
only)
Option 550-sheet paper
cassette unit
Standard paper
Plain paper
60 ~105 g/m
2
550 sheets
(59.4 mm)
O X
Confidential
UNSUITABLE PAPERS
The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality,
paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
Paper that has been treated, such as carbon-backed, non-carbon, heat-sensitive,
pressure-sensitive, or acid paper
Paper that is either extremely thick or extremely thin
Damp paper
Art paper, coated paper for color printers
Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with uneven surface
Perforated paper or paper with punched hole
Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper
Paper of a non-standard shape (not rectangular)
Label that peels off easily
Paper that is bounded with glue, staples, or paper clips
Inkjet printer paper (Photo Quality Ink J et Paper, Glossy Paper, Glossy Film, etc.)
Paper that has been printed on by a heat-transfer printer or an inkjet printer
Transparency for other color laser printers or color photocopiers
Paper that has been printed on by another color/monochrome laser printer or a
photocopier
Sheets of paper stuck together
Postcards for inkjet printers
Iron-on Transfer Paper (for inkjet printers or laser printers)
Paper that deteriorates or discolors at 190 C or lower
When using illustrated postcards, paper feed rollers may be soiled with paper dust
and these cards may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the rollers with
reference to Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE (p.389)
Confidential
PRINTABLE AREA
Maximum guaranteed print area (Printing and quality are guaranteed)
Paper width: 212 mm x Length: 347.6 mm
Maximum printable area (Printing is guaranteed)
Paper width: 215 mm x Length: 351.6 mm
Guaranteed print area/Printable area
Area excluding 4-mm margins on all four edges
Table 1-3. Guaranteed Print Area/Printable Area
ENVELOPE ORIENTATION
PAPER EJECT/CAPACITY
Paper eject
Face down
Capacity
250 sheets
*
*: Calculated on a standard paper (A4 or Letter)
4.0 mm 4.0 mm
4
.
0

m
m
4
.
0

m
m
Envelope Size
DL ISO-B5, C5
Feeding
Direction
Load envelopes on the MP tray with the side to be printed face

down.
Before printing on envelopes, set the release lever to envelope
position.
Do not use envelopes that are attached with tape or glue.
Do not use triangle flap envelopes, use trapezoidal envelopes.
Confidential
1.2.3 Replacement Parts
CONSUMABLE PRODUCTS
PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE PERIODIC REPLACEMENT
Name
Life
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D AcuLaser C3800/C3800D
Imaging cartridge (K) 3,000 pages (Standard capacity) 9,500 pages
8,000 pages (High capacity)
Imaging cartridge (Y) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)
6,000 pages (High capacity) 9,000 pages (High capacity)
Imaging cartridge (M) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)
Imaging cartridge (C) 2,000 pages (Standard capacity) 5,000 pages (Standard capacity)
Transfer unit 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
Fuser unit: 120 V 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
Fuser unit: 220 V 100,000 pages 100,000 pages
CHECK
POINT
The imaging cartridges of AcuLaser C2800/C2800D and AcuLaser
C3800/C3800D are not exchangeable.
Name Life
Retard roller 200,000 pages
Feed roller 200,000 pages
Nudger roller 200,000 pages
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI 30,000 pages
CHECK
POINT
Retard, feed, and nudger rollers are exactly the same parts, their
names vary according to the installation positions.
These rollers are provided in a set as an ASP by the name of KIT
ROLL ASSY FEED SEC, be sure to replace these rollers at one
time.
Confidential
1.2.4 Controller Specifications
BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
*1: In AcuLaser C2800/C2800D's case, an add-on memory can be installed in the S1 slot only.
CPU AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : PowerPC750FL (400 MHz)
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : PowerPC750FL (600 MHz)
Enhanced technology CPGI, CRIT, RIT (FMV)
RAM DDR333 200 pin SO DIMM, CL=2.5
Standard 128MB (S0 slot)
Maximum AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : 640MB (128MB +512MB)
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : 1GB (512MB +512MB)
Expansion 128MB, 256MB, 512MB (1 slot (S1 slot))
*1
ROM 32-bit width (3.3 V)
Program 16MB (P slot)
Font Included in the program
Expansion Optional Flash DIMM (A slot)
Control panel 22 digits x 5 lines LCD, three LEDs, six buttons
Printer setting Panel settings, EJ L, PJ L, HTTP, SNMP, and ENPC
Stored in 256 K bit serial type EEPROM
Printer mode Standard ESC/ Page-Color ESCP2 (B/W)
I239X (B/W) Adobe PostScript3
PDF1.3 PCLXL
FX (B/W) ESC/Page (B/W)
PLC5c
Other EJ L, PJ L, and RCC modes (for firmware update)
DIAG mode (engine adjustment)
Auxiliary software Status sheet
Toner check sheet
EpsonNetConfig(Web)
Hex dump
Reserve job list
PS3 status sheet
Support mode
Form overlay list
Network status sheet
Font sample (for each mode)
Printer adjust menu
AUX status sheet (only when Type-B level 3 is installed)
USB Ext I/F status sheet (only when connected to D4
compliant USB devices)
Maintenance mode (Engine status sheet)
EFU (for engine firmware update, only when a Flash is
installed as a mechanical controller ROM)
CHECK
POINT
When adding more RAM to the printer, standard RAM DIMM
(64MB) should also be replaced according to the capacity of the
add-on memory.
e.g.) When upgrading to 1024MB, remove the standard RAM
DIMM and install two 512MB DIMMs.
Confidential
EXTERNAL INTERFACES
*: AcuLaser C3800/C3800D only
Figure 1-6. External Interfaces
Standard USB 1.1 (2.0FS)
*
1 ch
2.0 HS 1 ch
Ethernet 100BaseTX/10BaseT 1 ch
Option Type-B Level 3 compatible 1 slot
Ethernet interface
connector
USB (2.0 HS)
interface connector
Type-B interface
card slot cover
USB Host interface connector (1.1)
(AcuLaser C3800/C3800D only)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 27
Confidential
1.3 List of Printer Messages
The following is a list of messages displayed on the printers control panel when
English is selected in the language option.
Table 1-4. List of Printer Messages
Sort Display Error LED Status
Status
ROM CHECK Off
RAM CHECK Off
Unable Clear Error On
Self Test Off
Reset All All Flashing
Reset Off
Cancel All Print J ob Off
Cancel Print J ob (by panel) Off
Reset to Save Off
Manual Duplex Flashing 2
Writing ROM A nnn/mmm
*1
---
Writing ROM P nnn/mmm
*1
---
Please Select File ---
Please wait for print ---
USB Memory searching Files : nnn ---
Can't Print File ---
Form Feed Off
Status Sheet Off
ESC/Page Font Sample
PCL Font Sample
ESCP2 Font Sample
FX Font Sample
1239X Font Sample
PS3 Status Sheet
PS3 Font List
Engine Status Sheet
ROM A Information
ROM B Information
Reserve J ob List
Form Overlay List
Color Adjust Sheet
Off
Status
Warming Up Off
Calibrating Printer Off
Cooling Down zz
*2
min Off
Offline Off
Cancel Print J ob (by host) Off
Sleep Off
Ready Off
(Printing) Off
(Communication with inactive I/F) ---
(J ob being executed (printing OK)) ---
Warning
Menus Locked Off
Reserve J ob Canceled Off
Form Data Canceled Off
Can't Print Off
Collate Disabled Off
Check Paper Size Off
Image Optimum Off
Check Paper Type Off
Need Memory Off
Not Supported USB Device Off
Data will be printed in Black and White Off
Format Error ROM A Off
Replace Toner uuuu
*3
Off
uuuu
*3
Toner Low
Replace Fuser
Replace Transfer Unit
Worn Fuser Off
Worn Transfer Unit Off
NonGenuineTonerCartridge
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION List of Printer Messages 28
Confidential
Note : Messages in the table are sorted in the order of descending priorities. The message
shown at top of the table has the highest priority.
*1: nnn =Number of written blocks, mmm =total number of blocks
*2: zz =Remaining time (minute)
*3: uuuu =Either of the followings will appear: C, M, Y, K, Cyan(C), Magenta(M),
Yellow(Y), Black(K). Only when a message exceeds the display digit in full spelling,
abbreviated forms (C, M, Y, K) will appear.
*4: See 3.2.4 List of Service Request (p.85) for details.
*5: Displays relevant values of the paper size in the panel settings.
*6: Displays relevant values of the paper source in the panel settings except Auto.
*7: Displays relevant values of each paper feed size of the Tray menu in the panel settings.
Error
Service Req Cffff
*4
All flashing
(synchronized with
LED)
Service Req Eggg
*4
All flashing
(synchronized with
LED)
Optional RAM Error On
Close Front Cover On
Cassette 2 Error 001 On
DM Error 002 On
Check Transparency On
Paper J am w w w w w On
Wrong Toner uuuu
*3
On
NonGenuineToner uuuu
*3
Flashing 2
Toner Cart Error uuuu
*3
On
Install uuuu
*3
TnrCart On
Install Fuser On
Install Transfer Unit On
Replace Toner uuuu
*3
On
Replace Toner uuuu
*3
Flashing 2
Replace Transfer Unit On
Printer Open On
Install Cassette-1 On
Manual Feed sss
*5
Flashing 2
Can't Print Duplex Flashing 1
Paper Out ttt
*6
sss
*7
On
Paper Set ttt
*6
sss
*7
Flashing 1
Print Overrun Flashing 1
Mem Overflow Flashing 1
Error
Duplex Mem Overflow Flashing 1
Invalid Data Flashing 1
Invalid N/W Module On
Invalid PS3 On
Invalid PCL On
Invalid AUX I/F Card On
Invalid ROM A On
Write Error ROM A On
Write Error ROM P On
---
(PJ L OPMSG)
(PJ L STMSG)
(SelecType)
Off
Toner Check Sheet
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Product Comparison 29
Confidential
1.4 Product Comparison
Table 1-5. Product Comparison
Model name
AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D
AcuLaser
C3800/C3800D
Resolution (dpi) 600 dpi, 1200 dpi
Print Speed
(PPM)
Simplex B/W 25 ppm
Color 20 ppm
Duplex B/W 17.3 ppm
Color 14 ppm
Warm up time (Seconds) Less than 32 seconds*2 (110-120 V)
Less than 30 seconds*2 (220-240 V)
First Page
Out (seconds)
B/W Less than 15.0 seconds
Color Less than 15.0 seconds
CPU PowerPC750FL (400MHz) PowerPC750FL (600MHz)
RAM (MB) Standard 128 MB
Maximum 640 MB 1024 MB
Standard Interface USB2.0 HS
Ethernet interface
USB 1.1 integrated host
USB2.0 HS
Ethernet interface
Paper Input
(sheets)
Standard 400 sheets 700 sheets
Optional 950 sheets 1250 sheets
Paper Output (sheets) 250 (Face Down)
Paper Size A4, A5, B5, LT, GLT, HLT, Executive, F4, LGL13,
LGL14; From 90 x 139.7mm to 220 x 355.6mm
Dimensions (W x D x H) 408 x 501 ~577 x 476.5 mm 420 x 501 ~577 x 508 mm
Weight AcuLaser C2800: 24.0 kg
AcuLaser C2800D: 25.1 kg
AcuLaser C3800: 25.8 kg
AcuLaser C3800D: 27.0 kg
Power supply AC 120 V 10% / 50 or 60 Hz 3Hz
AC 220 V ~240 V 10% / 50 or 60 Hz 3Hz
Power
consumption
(110-120 V
/ 220-240 V)
Max. Single-
sided
730 W / 730 W
Duplex 750 W / 750 W
Average
continuous printing
Color:376 W / 361 W
Monochrome:354 W / 347 W
Average in
stand-by mode
(heater: ON)
82 W / 78 W
Average in
sleep mode
(heater: OFF)
24 W / 25 W
Average in
extremely
low-power mode
17 W / 17 W
Noise Printing 51 dB
Standing by 30 dB
Environmental conditions
(operating)
10 ~32 C
15 ~85% RH
(No condensation)
5 ~32 C
15 ~85% RH
(No condensation)
Life 300,000 pages or five years, whichever comes first
Table 1-5. Product Comparison
Model name
AcuLaser
C2800/C2800D
AcuLaser
C3800/C3800D
Confidential
CHAP T E R
2
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process Overview 31
Confidential
2.1 Print Process Overview
This printer is a full-color laser printer that takes advantage of the principle of
electrophotographic recording. This printer uses a tandem-type engine that equips
exclusive drums and developer units for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black
(abbreviated to Y, M, C, and K), and prints images in full color by laying images of
four colors on paper that is transferred on the transfer belt.
The major steps of the print process are described below:
1) Charging: Charges the drum surface.
2) Exposure: Exposes the image areas on the drum using a laser beam.
3) Development: Develops the image areas on the drum with toner.
4) Transfer: Transfers complete full-color toner image on paper by laying
images of four colors.
5) Cleaning: Cleans remaining toner and remove the electrical charge of
the drum.
6) Discharging: Removes the electrical charge of the paper.
7) Fusing: Fixes toner on the paper by applying heat and pressure.
8) Cleaning: Removes remaining toner on the transfer belt.
Figure 2-1. Print Process Overview
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Print Process Diagram 32
Confidential
2.2 Print Process Diagram
The diagram below illustrates the entire print process.
Figure 2-2. Print Process Diagram
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Technical Explanation of Print Process 33
Confidential
2.3 Technical Explanation of Print Process
2.3.1 Charging
In charging process, BCR (Bias Charge Roll) applies a uniform negative potential to
the drum which rotates at a fixed speed. This process is performed simultaneously for
each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
BCR is a conductive roller and keeps contact with the drum to move together with
it. HVPS supplies discharge voltages to the BCR, and then the BCR discharges
negative DC voltage.
Drum surface is uniformly charged to a negative potential with DC bias voltage.
The Drum surface is made of conductive material coated with a photosensitive
material that becomes insulating in darkness and becomes conductive when it is
subjected to light.
Cleaning Roll contacts the BCR and attracts toner.
Figure 2-3. Charging

Confidential
2.3.2 Exposure
In exposure process, a laser beam is applied to the negatively charged surface of the
drum to form an invisible electrostatic latent image onto the drum. This process is
performed simultaneously for each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
Laser beams for each color emitted from laser diodes in the ROS ASSY are
directed by the rotating polygon mirror, fixed mirrors and lenses, which are
attached to the Scanner Assy in the ROS ASSY to scan across each drum surface
from side to side.
Figure 2-4. Laser Beam Paths
A laser beam is irradiated according to the print data (image data) sent from the
printer controller. The laser beam is output only when a pixel data (minute dot
composing the print data) exists. On parts to be developed by toner, the laser diode
turns on, and on parts not to be developed, the laser diode turns off.
The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor, the negative
charge on the drum flows to the positive side, and the potential on the drum
surface is reduced as a result. The section of the drum surface where the potential
has reduced becomes the electrostatic latent image.
Figure 2-5. Exposure
-V
0
Confidential
2.3.3 Development
In development process, toner is electrically applied to the invisible electrostatic latent
image on the drum to form a visible image on it. This process is performed
simultaneously for each of the yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors.
Toner in the toner cartridge is stirred by Agitators, and is supplied to the Deve
Assy. Auger is driven by the Sub Motor and the Deve Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN. The amount of toner transferred to the Deve Assy is calculated based on
the number of printed pages. This is called toner dispensation and is controlled
by PCDC and ADC.
(Refer to 2.7.3.2 Toner Density Control (p63) .)
Toner transferred to the Deve Assy and developer (toner and carrier) in the Deve
Assy is stirred by the Augers, and are supplied to the Magnet Roll located near the
drum surface. The toner and the carrier are charged by the triboelectricity (toner:
negative, carrier: positive), and they are attracted to each other.
As the carrier is a magnetic body, it is attracted to the magnetized Magnet Roll,
and a uniform layer of carrier is formed on the Magnet Roll by passing through the
Timmer Rod.
The surface of the Magnet Roll is covered with the conductive sleeve. The DB
(Developing Bias) is supplied to the conductive sleeve from the HVPS. The DB
voltage is a negative DC voltage that AC voltage is superimposed on it. The
electrostatic latent image on the drum, the area hit by the laser, carries less
negative charges than the other area on the drum. As the uniform negative charge
on the Magnet Roll is kept at a certain level by the DC voltage, the potential
difference between the Magnet Roll and the drum surface becomes as follows; the
electrostatic image area is higher than the Magnet Roll, and the other area is lower
than the Magnet Roll. The superimposed AC voltage vibrates the carrier on the
Magnet Roll surface making it easier for toner to jump to the drum. Thus, the
negatively charged toner on the Magnet Roll is only attracted to the electrostatic
latent image and forms a toner image on the drum. Once the toner adheres to the
image area on the drum, no more toner is attracted to the area as negative charges
of the area are increased.
Figure 2-6. Development
Confidential
2.3.4 Transfer (Drum Paper)
In transfer process, the toner images formed on the drums are transferred to a paper.
Toner image is transferred in the order Y, M, C, and K.
BTR
BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll and is supplied high positive voltage
from the HVPS. The BTR contacts back side of the Transfer Belt and applies
positive voltage to the belt.
Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt is a conductive belt that is charged positively with the BTR.
Negatively-charged toner image on the drum surface jumps to the positively-
charged Transfer Belt and the image is formed on the paper. The Transfer Belt
then carries the paper to the FUSER UNIT.
Roll ESA (Electric Static Attachment)
Roll ESA is a conductive roller that receives positive voltage from HVPS and
discharge the voltage to a paper to improve efficiency of the toner transfer.
Figure 2-7. Transfer (Drum Paper) (1)
Confidential
Figure 2-8. Transfer (Drum Paper) (2)
2.3.5 Cleaning (Toner Cartridge)
In cleaning (toner cartridge) process, remaining toner on the Drum and the BCR as
well as electrical charge on the Drum are removed.
Drum cleaning
Cleaning blade contacts the Drum surface and scrape off remaining toner.
The toner is collected into the collecting section for waste toner.
BCR cleaning
Cleaning Roll, which is made of sponge, contacts the BCR surface and scrape off the
remaining toner. The toner is collected into the collecting section for waste toner.
Charge cleaning
If electrical charge remains on the Drum, the Drum surface cannot be charged
uniformly in the charging process when the Drum is charged by the BCR, and may
cause print quality deficiency. Electrical remanence on the Drum is removed by
exposing the light from the Erase Lamp (LED ASSY) to the Drum surface.
Figure 2-9. Cleaning (Toner Cartridge)
Confidential
2.3.6 Discharging
In discharging process, the charge on the paper is neutralized/removed by the Detack Saw.
Detack Saw
Detack Saw neutralizes/removes electrical charge of the paper so that toner
transferred on the paper will not scatter over the surrounding metal parts.
Detack Saw is a metal sheet that is kept at ground level, and placed a few
millimeter away from the back side of the Transfer Belt. Detack Saw neutralizes
the electrical charge through the Transfer Belt.
Figure 2-10. Discharging
Confidential
2.3.7 Fusing
In fusing process, toner is fixed on paper by applying heat and pressure.
As a complete toner image clings to a paper only by the electrostatic force, one
light touch can remove the image easily. To fix the image onto a paper firmly, the
paper is transferred to the FUSER UNIT.
The toner is melted by the Heat Roll heated by the Heater Lamp, and then the toner
is fixed on the paper by being pressed between the Heat Roll and the Belt Assy.
Figure 2-11. Fusing
2.3.8 Cleaning (Transfer Belt)
In cleaning (transfer belt) process, remaining toner on the Transfer Belt is removed.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Paper Feed 40
Confidential
2.4 Paper Feed
2.4.1 Paper Feed Path
Figure 2-12. Paper Feed Flow
2.4.2 Paper Feed Path Layout
Figure 2-13. Paper Feed Path Layout
MSI
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL ASSY TURN
Pinch Roll
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Nuger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Feed Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Retard Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Nuger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Feed Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED
(Retard Roll)
FUSER ASSY (Heat Roll)
FUSER ASSY (Pressure Belt)
FUSER ASSY (Exit Roll)
TRANSFER UNIT (Transfer Belt)
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
Pinch Roll
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
Pinch Roll
Kmy06019EB
550 Paper Feeder
550 Paper Feeder
Multi-feed
Prevention
Multi-feed
Prevention
Multi-feed
Prevention
Leading Edge Registration
Paper Eject
(Option)
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Main Structures and Functions 41
Confidential
2.5 Main Structures and Functions
This section explains and illustrates the main functional components.
The explanations are given for each of the components (section) listed below:
Paper Cassette
Paper Feeder
MSI & Regi Assy
Transfer Belt & Fuser
ROS ASSY
Xerographics
Drive
Electrical
Duplex
550 Paper Feeder
2.5.1 Paper Cassette
2.5.1.1 Part Names and Functions
GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L)
The GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L) moves crossways of the paper feed direction, and
trues up the left and right edges of a paper.
GUIDE ASSY CST END
The GUIDE ASSY CST END moves parallel to the paper feed direction, and
determines the paper size. The SWITCH ASSY SIZE turns on/off depending on
the position of the GUIDE ASSY CST END (2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60)), and
detects the paper size.
ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll) and ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll) nip a
paper to prevent multi-feeding.
PLATE ASSY BTM (Bottom Plate)
Bottom Plate is locked to the bottom of the main unit when the paper cassette is
removed, and its lock is released when the paper cassette is installed. Bottom plate
presses paper against the Nudger Roll by spring pressure.
Figure 2-14. Paper Cassette
Confidential
2.5.1.2 Multi-Feed Prevention
Some papers are stuck together in the paper cassette and these papers tend to cause
multi-feeding or paper jams. Nudger Roll transfers paper in between Feed Roll and
Retard Roll. When a sheet of paper is transferred, Feed Roll and Retard Roll rotate to
continue transferring papers. If two or more papers are transferred, Retard Roll
separates the lower paper by friction, Retard Roll stops rotating, and Feed Roll rotates
to transfer the upper paper.
Retard Roll is pressed against Feed Roll by spring pressure, and is controlled by the
torque limiter (CLUTCH FRICTION RET) that is connected to the Retard Roll.
Figure 2-15. Multi-Feed Prevention (Paper Cassette)
2.5.1.3 Bottom Plate Operation
The lock of GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY is released when a paper cassette is
inserted to the main unit.
When a paper cassette is inserted until it stops, gears of RACK BTM LOCK and
GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are disengaged and PLATE ASSY BTM rises up by
spring pressure of SPRING BTM UP.
Figure 2-16. Bottom Plate Operation
Confidential
2.5.2 Paper Feeder
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
Detects paper size and the presence of the paper tray.
(Refer to 2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60) .)
SENSOR PHOTO (CST No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence of papers in the paper tray according to the change in position of
the Actuator No Paper.
(When there is no paper, the sensor receives the light.)
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY FEED.
(Refer to 2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH (p70) .)
ROLL ASSY FEED
When CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED operates, ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll and
Nudger Roll) starts to rotate and transfers papers.
Figure 2-17. Paper Feeder
Kmy06027EB
Confidential
2.5.3 MSI & Regi Assy
SOLENOID FEED MSI
Controls the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY FEED MSI.
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY PH to ROLL ASSY TURN.
ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN is rotated by DRIVE ASSY PH via CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN,
and transfers papers from MSI and Duplex paper path to CHUTE ASSY REGI.
SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor)
This sensor detects that the leading edge of the paper has reached the CHUTE ASSY
REGI. Measures the length of paper (paper size) when the paper is fed from MSI.
The length that Regi Sensor is turned on is converted to the paper length.
When paper is present, the actuator turns on.
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY MAIN to
ROLL REGI RUBBER, and transfers papers from paper tray, MSI, and Duplex
paper path toward the toner cartridges. (Refer to 2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH (p70) .)
The timing that Regi Assy transfers paper is adjusted based on the operation time
of CLUTCH ASSY REGI so that toner image on the drum is transferred to the
appropriate position on paper.
SENSOR PHOTO (MSI No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence of paper in MSI according to the position of the actuator.
PWBA OHP LED/PWBA OHP SNR
PWBA OHP LED and PWBA OHP SNR are located in the registration section.
PWBA OHP LED emits light when paper passes, and PWBA OHP SNR receives
the light. When plain paper passes, PWBA OHP SNR cannot receive the light, on
the other hand, it receives the light when transparency passes the path. Thus the
printer detects transparency. PWBA OHP SNR also detects temperature inside the
printer.
Figure 2-18. MSI & Regi Assy
Confidential
2.5.3.2 MSI Paper Detection
When papers are loaded in MSI, ACTUATOR NO PAPER shields the light to MSI No
Paper Sensor, and detects paper presence.
Figure 2-19. Paper Detection (MSI)
Some papers are stick together in MSI and these papers tend to cause multi-feeding or
paper jams. When a sheet of paper is transferred, ROLL ASSY FEED MSI and ROLL
ASSY RETARD rotate to continue transferring papers. If two or more papers are
transferred, ROLL ASSY RETARD separates the lower paper by friction, ROLL ASSY
RETARD stops rotating, and ROLL ASSY FEED MSI rotates to transfer the upper paper.
ROLL ASSY RETARD is pressed against ROLL ASSY FEED MSI by spring pressure,
and is controlled by the torque limiter that is connected to the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
Figure 2-20. Multi-Feed Prevention (MSI)
Confidential
2.5.3.4 Paper Edge Alignment
If papers, which are transferred from MSI or paper tray to the toner transfer section, are
skewed, toner image on the drum cannot be transferred to the appropriate position on
paper. To prevent the skew, Regi section aligns paper edge before transferring the
paper to the toner transfer section.
Paper fed from MSI or paper tray is pressed against ROLL REGI (not rotating) and
leading edge of the paper is aligned.
Figure 2-21. Paper Edge Alignment
2.5.3.5 Regi Sensor Paper Detection
As the paper path from MSI or Duplex to Regi Sensor and the one from paper tray to
Regi Sensor are different, Regi Sensor has both Actuator A and Actuator B.
Actuator A detects paper fed from MSI or Duplex.
Actuator B detects paper fed from paper tray.
Actuator B does not move in synchronization with Actuator A.
Figure 2-22. Regi Sensor Paper Detection
Confidential
2.5.4 Transfer Belt & Fuser
FUSER UNIT
The FUSER UNIT fixes the unsteady toner on paper by heat and pressure, and also
transfers the paper before and after the fixing.
The FUSER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
Exit Sensor
Detects the current position of the fixed paper based on the changes in
position of the Actuator.
Thermostat
Interrupts the Heater Lamp circuit in the Heat Roll when temperature of the
Heat Roll exceeds predetermined level.
Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-contact temp sensor, STS: Soft touch sensor)
NCS (non-contact): Monitors surface temperature of Heat Roll and turns
on/off Heater Lamp.
STS (contact): Monitors surface temperature of Heat Roll and
interrupts the power supply to Heater Lamp when the
temperature rises too high.
TRANSFER UNIT
The TRANSFER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
Figure 2-23. Transfer Belt & Fuser
Heat Roll Pressure Belt
Heater Lamp Exit Roll
Thermostat Exit Sensor
Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-contact temp sensor, STS: Soft touch sensor)
CHECK
POINT
When total number of printed pages exceeds preset value, FUSER
UNIT needs to be replaced.
Transfer Belt ADC Sensor
ADC Solenoid Roll ESA
Confidential
2.5.4.2 TRANSFER UNIT Details
The TRANSFER UNIT mainly consists of the components shown below:
Transfer Belt
Transfer Belt transfers paper towards FUSER UNIT.
ADC Sensor
ADC Sensor reads the toner patch on the Transfer Belt at the window position and
converts the data to voltage value. The voltage value is used to control toner
density.
ADC Solenoid
Turning on ADC Solenoid activates PAD ADC and wipe off dirt on ADC Sensor.
ADC Sensor turns on for a certain period of time and activates PAD ADC before
reading toner patch.
Roll ESA (Electric Static Attachment)
Roll ESA discharges positive voltage to paper. Discharging the voltage improves
efficiency of the toner transfer.
Figure 2-24. TRANSFER UNIT Details
Confidential
2.5.5 ROS ASSY
ROS ASSY
ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assembly) is the exposure unit that outputs a
laser beam to make a electrostatic latent image on the drum surface.
In this manual, items concerning the ROS ASSY are simply called ROS.
The ROS ASSY mainly consists of the components shown below.
LD PWB
LD PWB consists of four Laser Diodes (LD) that correspond with Y, M, C,
and K. LDs convert image data input as electrical signal into flashing of a
laser beam. PWBA LD monitors the laser beam at all times so that the amount
of laser beam that draws latent image remains stable. This control is called
APC (Auto Power Control).
Scanner Assy
Scanner Assy consists of a Scanner Motor that rotates at constant speed and a
Polygon Mirror attached to the rotary shaft of the motor.
Laser beam emitted from LD irradiates the Polygon Mirror via a mirror.
Polygon Mirror has a six-sided reflecting mirror, and the Scanner Motor
rotation changes an angle of reflection. This allows the laser to scan across on
the drum from side to side. The laser can scan one horizontal line on the drum
while it hits on the reflecting mirror.
Mirror/Window/Lens
Laser beam reflected by Polygon Mirror irradiates the drum surface via Lens,
Mirror, and Window. Lens is for correcting aberration, Mirror is for ensuring
an optical path, and Window keeps foreign materials from entering inside
ROS.
SOS PWB
SOS Sensor on SOS (Start of Scan) PWB converts input laser beam into
electrical signal as a start of scanning.
This signal is used to match the start timing of a laser scanning with that of
image drawing.
Figure 2-25. ROS Assy
LD PWB
LD (Laser Diode)
Scanner Assy
Polygon Mirror
SOS PWB
SOS Sensor
Lens
Mirror Window
Confidential
2.5.6 Xerographics
CONNECTOR CRUM* (CRUM Sensor)
As IMAGING CARTRIDGE is attached to CRUM Sensor, the sensor contacts
CRUM in IMAGING CARTRIDGE and read/write the data concerning CRUM.
* : Customer Replaceable Unit Memory: stores information specific to the
printer.
SENSOR PHOTO (Toner Cartridge SENSOR Y/M/C/K)
Detects IMAGING CARTRIDGE presence.
DISPENSER ASSY (Dispense Motor) (Y/M/C/K)
Dispense motor provides drive force to Agitator and Auger in IMAGING
CARTRIDGE, and supplies toner to the development section inside IMAGING
CARTRIDGE.
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)/IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)/IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)/IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE consists of toner cartridge, development section, and
drum.
LED ASSY (Erase Lamp)
LED Assy consists of four Erase Lamps that corresponds with the drums (Y, M, C,
and K). LED light irradiates the drum through the lens of IMAGING
CARTRIDGE.
LED light removes electrical charge on the drum surface.
Figure 2-26. IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Figure 2-27. Xerographics
Confidential
2.5.6.2 IMAGING CARTRIDGE Detection
Figure 2-28. IMAGING CARTRIDGE Detection
Table 2-1. Toner Cartridge Sensor Conditions
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
not inserted
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
inserted
Toner Cartridge Sensor Light blocked Light received
Confidential
2.5.7 Drive
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Supplies the driving to the parts shown below and other parts.
(Refer to 2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (p66) .)
Main Motor
Sub Motor
Deve Motor
Clutch Assy Exit
Provides drive force from Main Motor to Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
Exit Clutch stops when performing duplex printing.
Exit Roll is driven by Duplex Motor. (Refer to 2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
(p66) .) (Refer to 2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) .)
DRIVE ASSY PH
Supplies the driving to the parts shown below and other parts.
Figure 2-29. Drive
Drum (K) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K))
TRANSFER UNIT
FUSER UNIT
Drum (Y) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y))
Drum (M) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M))
Drum (C) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C))
Developer (K) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K))
Developer (Y) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y))
Developer (M) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M))
Developer (C) (included in IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C))
Standard Cassette
MSI
Regi Assy
Confidential
2.5.8 Electrical
FAN MAIN
Prevents overheating inside the printer by exhausting/inhaling the ambient air.
SWITCH POWER
Tuns on/off the AC power supply to the printer.
LVPS (Low Voltage Power Supply)
There are two types of the LVPS; 100/120 V and 230 V.
The LVPS not only provides AC voltage to the FUSER UNIT heater from the
power source, but generates/supplies stable low DC voltage that is required for
parts such as the logic circuit. The LVPS consists of the power circuit and the
control circuit for the FUSER UNIT heater.
PWBA MCU
Controls the print operations by communicating with the printer controller and
analyzing the information from the sensors and switches.
The main functions are as follows.
Communicates with the printer controller
Receives information from the sensors and the switches
Controls motors in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY PH
Allocates the low DC voltage output from the LVPS among each component
Controls the ROS ASSY
HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply)
Supplies high voltage to TRANSFER UNIT and IMAGING CARTRIDGE so that
the following parts can perform charging, developing, and initial transfer.
PWBA EEPROM
Stores information specific to each printer.
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Print controller.
BOARD ASSY, MAIN that is connected to PWBA MCU controls the whole system.
SENSOR HUM
Detects temperature and humidity inside the printer and converts the values to
voltage value.
CONTROL PANEL
Shows the printer conditions with LCD and LEDs, and operates the printer with
the buttons.
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
Interrupts the +24VDC power supply to HVPS and motors immediately when
Front Cover is opened.
Figure 2-30. Electrical
BCR BTR
Developer ESA
Confidential
2.5.8.2 Data Flow
Print data (electric signals) from the Printer Controller follows the flow shown below
to form a print image.
Figure 2-31. Data Flow
Reference: Forming two-dimensional print image
A laser beam scans while turning on and off the beam in accordance with the electrical
signal (Video signal: Expresses image data by ups and downs of voltage) to form a line
of dot image. By repeating above mentioned scanning, single-colored image (two-
dimensional dot image) is created. To obtain full-color image, two-dimensional dot
images for four colors are created.
Resolution is defined as follows:
Main scanning direction: dots / inch
Sub scanning direction: scanning lines / inch
Figure 2-32. Print Resolution Calculation Method
Confidential
2.5.9 Duplex
SENSOR PHOTO (DUP J am Sensor)
Detects that paper has been transferred to the duplex section.
CLUTCH DUP
Transmits drive force from MOTOR ASSY DUP to Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
Exit Roll counterrotates when the clutch is activated.
(Refer to 2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) .)
MOTOR ASSY DUP
Supplies drive force to Lower Roll (ROLL ASSY DUP2), Upper Roll (ROLL
ASSY DUP1), and Exit Roll in FUSER UNIT.
(Refer to 2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP (p71) .)
PWBA DUP
Controls motor, sensor, and clutch.
FAN DUP
Cools inside of the printer.
Figure 2-33. Duplex
Confidential
2.5.10 550 Paper Feeder
2.5.10.1 Part Names and Functions (Paper Cassette)
GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L)
The GUIDE ASSY SIDE (R/L) moves crossways of the paper feed direction, and
trues up the left and right edges of sheets of paper.
GUIDE ASSY CST END
The GUIDE ASSY CST END moves parallel to the paper feed direction, and
determines the paper size. The SWITCH ASSY SIZE turns on/off depending on
the position of the GUIDE ASSY CST END (2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60)), and
detects the paper size.
ROLL ASSY FEED (Retard Roll) and ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll) nip a
paper to prevent multi-feeding.
PLATE ASSY BTM (Bottom Plate)
Bottom Plate is locked to the bottom of the main unit when the paper cassette is
removed, and its lock is released when the paper cassette is installed. Bottom plate
presses paper against the Nudger Roll by spring pressure.
Figure 2-34. Paper Cassette (550 Paper Feeder)
Confidential
Some papers are stuck together in the paper cassette and these papers tend to cause
multi-feeding or paper jams. Nudger Roll transfers paper in between Feed Roll and
Retard Roll. When a sheet of paper is transferred, Feed Roll and Retard Roll rotate to
continue transferring papers. If two or more papers are transferred, Retard Roll
separates the lower paper by friction, Retard Roll stops rotating, and Feed Roll rotates
to transfer the upper paper.
Retard Roll is pressed against Feed Roll by spring pressure, and is controlled by the
torque limiter (CLUTCH FRICTION RET) that is connected to the Retard Roll.
Figure 2-35. Multi-Feed Prevention (550 Paper Feeder)
2.5.10.3 Bottom Plate Operation
The lock of GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY is released when a paper cassette is
inserted to the main unit.
When a paper cassette is inserted until it stops, gears of RACK BTM LOCK and
GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are disengaged and PLATE ASSY BTM rises up by
spring pressure of SPRING BTM UP.
Figure 2-36. Bottom Plate Operation (550 Paper Feeder)
Confidential
2.5.10.4 Part Names and Functions (Feeder)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
Detects paper size and the presence of the paper tray.
(Refer to 2.7.1 Paper Size Control (p60) .)
SENSOR PHOTO (CST No Paper Sensor)
Detects presence of papers in the paper cassette according to the change in
position of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
(No paper state: Shielding the sensor)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT
Transmits the drive from DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER to ROLL ASSY
FEED (PICK UP ASSY). (Refer to 2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) .)
ROLL ASSY FEED
When CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED operates, ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll and
Nudger Roll) starts to rotate and transfers papers.
(Refer to 2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) .)
CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
Transmits drive force from DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR to ROLL ASSY TURN.
ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN is rotated by DRIVE ASSY OPTION FEEDER via
CLUTCH ASSY TURN, and transfers paper from paper cassette to printer.
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Drives rollers of 550 Paper Feeder.
(Refer to 2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p72) .)
PWBA OPT FDR
Controls motor, sensor, and clutch.
Figure 2-37. Feeder (550 Paper Feeder)
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Mode 59
Confidential
2.6 Mode
2.6.1 Operating Modes
The printer has the following six operating modes:
Wait Mode
The printer is adjusting print image quality
Ready Mode
The printer is ready to print
Printing Mode
Printing is in progress
Error Mode
The printer detected an error
Initializing Mode
The printer detected that new part was installed at the moment
(e.g. Idling after new Deve Unit is installed)
Checking Unit Mode
The printer is checking the consumable products
Mode transition between each mode is shown below:
Figure 2-38. Mode Transition Diagram

In
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Control 60
Confidential
2.7 Control
2.7.1 Paper Size Control
Paper size is defined by the position of GUIDE ASSY CST END. Status of Paper Size
Switch of SWITCH ASSY SIZE varies depending on the position of GUIDE ASSY
CST END, and paper size is determined by the combination of the Paper Size Switch.
Figure 2-39. Paper Size Control
Confidential
The following table shows the on/off status of Paper Size Switch in the SWITCH
ASSY SIZE according to the paper size.
ON: Paper Size Switch is pressed by the actuator.
2.7.2 ROS Light Intensity Control
An image data converted to electric signals (expresses image data by ups and downs of
voltage) is sent to the laser diode in the ROS ASSY, and the laser diode converts the
electric signals to the light signals (controls on/off of the laser beam).
The laser diode monitors and controls the light intensity of the laser beam to create
stable electrostatic latent image without being affected by the fluctuations of the laser
beam intensity, optical system (such as lenses), and drum sensitivity.
The ROS of this printer has laser diodes for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and
the light intensity for each color is automatically adjusted.
CHECK
POINT
Paper Size Switches are referred to as SW2, SW1, and SW0
from the top.
Table 2-2. Paper Size Control
Paper Size
Paper Size Switch
SW2 SW1 SW0
LEGAL14" (SEF) ON ON ON
LEGAL13" (SEF) ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE (SEF) ON OFF ON
B5 (SEF) ON OFF OFF
A4 (SEF) OFF ON ON
LETTER (SEF) OFF OFF ON
A5 OFF ON OFF
No cassette OFF OFF OFF Figure 2-40. Paper Size Switch
Confidential
2.7.3 Process Control
In order to perform stabilized printing, it is necessary to adjust the parameters related to
forming images on a timely basis. The control of whole print process including
adjustment of the parameters is referred to as process control. Main controls are the
following two controls. These controls are carried out after or during printing each time
the number of printed pages exceeds 25 pages.
Electric potential control
Toner density control
The additional controls to cover the above two controls are as follows:
High Area Coverage Mode
Admix Mode
2.7.3.1 Electric Potential Control
To acquire stabilized print image density, drum charging voltage, developer DC
charging voltage, and ROS Light Intensity should be adjusted depending on the
developing performance which can be changed by various factors. The adjusted drum
charging voltage, the developer DC voltage, and ROS Light Intensity are reflected in
the print process control every time the adjustments are made.
Overview of the control is described below:
1. Detects temperature and humidity with the SENSOR HUM (temperature and
humidity sensor).
2. Creates four patches (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) onto the Transfer Belt for
bias control.
3. Detects density of the patches on the Transfer Belt with an ADC sensor (density
sensor).
4. Adjusts charged potential of the drum, developer DC voltage, and ROS light
intensity for each color.
Confidential
2.7.3.2 Toner Density Control
To acquire stabilized print images, toner density should be kept constant. The control
to keep the toner density constant is called toner density control.
1. PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control)
Calculates the amount of toner to be used in the developing process by counting
the video signals that are input to the ROS ASSY. The amount of consumed toner
is calculated as toner dispense time. Refilling toner as much as the consumed
amount can be made by driving the corresponding Toner Motor(s) in the
DISPENSER ASSY for the calculated period of time (toner dispense time).
2. ADC (Auto Density Control)
Creates four patches (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) on the Transfer Belt under
the given electrical conditions, and measures their density with the ADC Sensor.
The measured density is compared with the reference one, and the toner dispense
time is increased/decreased in subsequent print process when the measured density
is lower/higher than the reference density. The amount of toner to be refilled is
calculated as toner dispense time. This is calculated for each of the four colors.
2.7.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode
The Toner Dispense control cannot keep up with heavy consumption of toner, such as
printing pages with high print ratio continuously, and leads to lower the toner density.
High Area Coverage Mode is provided to resolve the problem. In this mode, if the
Dispense Count reaches to a certain level during performing continuous printing,
feeding the next paper is temporarily stopped to perform the toner dispense.
2.7.3.4 Admix Mode
When ADC Sensor detects that the toner density is too low compared to predetermined
level by reading the toner patch, toner dispense is carried out to increase the density. If
this operation cannot restore the toner density, it is detected that the toner has run out.
2.7.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment
ADC Sensor is a reflective density sensor. It irradiates the target with the light emitted
from the LED in the sensor, detects the light reflected from the target with a light
receiving element, and outputs the electrical signal in accordance with the light
intensity. When creating toner patch for controlling electrical potential and toner
density, ADC Sensor surface is cleaned to remove dirt such as toner and the light
intensity is adjusted so that the amount of reflected light becomes predetermined level
in order to read the patch density accurately.
Confidential
2.7.4 Color Registration Control
This printer uses a tandem-type engine that equips exclusive drums and developer units
for each yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. As a full-color print image is generated by
overlaying four images formed on the drums for each color, there is a possibility that
color shift may occur. To prevent this, color registration control calculates the amount
of the registration shift and adjusts the writing timing of the ROS. Also, the lateral
registration control adjusts the color shift of four colors in the lateral direction.
Color registration control is performed when executing the process control based on
the change of temperature inside the printer and the number of printed pages.
Overview of the control is described below.
1. Measures the output value of the ADC Sensor when it is detecting non-toner area
on the Transfer Belt, and determines the threshold value.
2. Creates color registration control patches on the Transfer Belt. The patches consist
of bold lines with a width of 10 mm and arranged in the order of K, K, C, K, M, K,
Y as shown in the figure below (the first K-black line is created once, and the
subsequent six lines are repeated four times).
Figure 2-41. Color Registration Control Patch
3. Measures the density of the created patches with the ADC Sensor.
4. Calculates the registration shift amount by comparing the threshold value
determined in Step 1 and the measured value in Step 3.
5. Changes the ROS writing timing based on the obtained shift amount.
Confidential
2.7.5 Fuser Control
2.7.5.1 Fuser Temperature Control
The Fuser Temperature Control sets up the target temperature at all times, and turns on/
off the Heater Lamp so that the surface temperature of the Heat Roll becomes the target
temperature.
The surface temperature of the Heat Roll is detected by the Temp. Sensor (NCS: Non-
contact temp sensor) located at the center of the Heat Roll and the Temp. Sensor (STS:
Soft touch sensor). The Heater Lamp is turned off if the measured temperature is
higher than the target, on the other hand, the Heater Lamp is turned on if the measured
temperature is lower than the target.
If the STS comes off from the Heat Roll, correct temperature detection becomes
impossible. It may cause the FUSER UNIT to melt or take fire during warm-up process
because the printer heats up the FUSER UNIT according to the false temperature
which is lower than the actual one. In order to prevent this, the Heater Lamp is
automatically turned off if the temperature of the FUSER UNIT does not reach a
predetermined level within specified period of time.
The target temperature varies depending on conditions such as during standby,
printing, or executing process control. The target temperature also changes according
to the temperature detected by the SENSOR HUM TEMP (temperature and humidity
sensor), temperature difference between the center and the edges of the Heat Roll, print
mode, and input power voltage.
2.7.5.2 Cool-Down
When the printing is continued for a certain period of time, temperature distribution on
the Heat Roll surface becomes uneven. Cool-down is performed to equalize the surface
temperature of the Heat Roll by not feeding papers for a while. If the temperature of the
Heat Roll edges is high, the printer stops feeding paper until the temperature falls to the
target level.
2.7.5.3 Sensor Warm-up
The Temp.Sensor (NCS: non-contact temp sensor) located at the center of the Heat
Roll cannot detect temperature correctly if the temperature of the sensor itself is minus
5 C or lower. If the printer detects the condition, it warms up the sensor until the
sensor temperature becomes 0 C. This is called sensor warm-up.
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Drive Transmission Path 66
Confidential
2.8 Drive Transmission Path
2.8.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
DRIVE ASSY MAIN consists of Main Motor, Sub Motor, and Deve Motor.
(Refer to 2.5.7 Drive (p52) .)
The following section explains drive transmission from DRIVE ASSY MAIN to each
unit by dividing the flow into two sections: development/transfer and fusing/ejection.
DEVELOPMENT/TRANSFER
BLACK and WHITE MODE
Figure 2-42. Drive Transmission Flow (Development/Transfer)
Figure 2-43. Drive Transmission Path (Development/Transfer)
Confidential
FULL COLOR MODE
Figure 2-44. Drive Transmission Flow (Development/Transfer)
Figure 2-45. Drive Transmission Path (Development/Transfer)
Confidential
FUSING/EJECTION
The following section explains drive transmission of paper transfer to Heat Roll, and
drive transmission during single-sided printing and duplex printing.
Figure 2-46. Drive Transmission Flow (Fusing/Ejection)
Figure 2-47. Drive Transmission Flow (Fusing/Ejection)
Kmy06055EA
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
FUSER ASSY
Confidential
2.8.2 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)
TONER DISPENSER drive force drives Agitator and Auger inside IMAGING
CARTRIDGE.
There are four Dispenser Assys in total corresponding Y, M, C, and K, and they
operate in the same way.
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Figure 2-48. Drive Transmission Flow (TONER DISPENSER)
Figure 2-49. Drive Transmission Path (TONER DISPENSER)
Confidential
2.8.3 DRIVE ASSY PH
Drive force of DRIVE ASSY PH is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
PAPER HANDLING
Figure 2-50. Drive Transmission Flow (DRIVE ASSY PH)
Figure 2-51. Drive Transmission Path (DRIVE ASSY PH)
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Confidential
2.8.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP
The drive force of the MOTOR ASSY DUP is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
DUPLEX PRINT MODE
Figure 2-52. Drive Transmission Flow (MOTOR ASSY DUP)
Figure 2-53. Drive Transmission Path (MOTOR ASSY DUP)
Confidential
2.8.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
The drive force of DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR is transmitted as shown in the flowchart below:
550 PAPER FEEDER (OPTION)
Figure 2-54. Drive Transmission Flow (DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR)
Figure 2-55. Drive Transmission Path (DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR)
OPERATING PRINCIPLES Features of the Controller 73
Confidential
2.9 Features of the Controller
MAIN FEATURES
A4 color tandem engine
Print speed: 25 ppm (Monochrome)/20 ppm (Color)
Resolution: 600 dpi/1200 dpi (Print speed is reduced by half at 1200 dpi)
Clock frequency: 133.3 MHz
Program ROM DIMM: 16 MB (standard), Flash ROM DIMM: C533PROG (option)
Processing language: ESC/PAGE-Color, PostScript3, PCL5c, PCL6c (standard)
Optional ROM DIMM that supports Chinese and Unicode fonts
LCD wide panel (with back light)
OUTLINE SPECIFICATIONS
The following table shows the outline specifications of the controller.
Table 2-3. Controller Outline Specifications
Item Description
Engine specifications A4 color tandem
Print speed Color: 20 ppm
B/W: 25 ppm
CPU AcuLaser C2800/C2800D
PowerPC 750FL-400
PowerPC 750FL-600
ASIC Memory ASIC
Video ASIC
FMV +PLD
I/O ASIC FAIO
Panel PCC
Clock Clock driver HD151TS311
Clock frequency 133.3 MHz
Reset M51957BFP
ROM Connector specification 90pin DIMM
Device capacity C533PROG, FLASH 16MB
Extended ROM slot 1 slot
Optional ROM Chinese, Unicode fonts
SDRAM DDR333
Standard SDRAM 200pin SO DIMM 128 MB
SDRAM slot 2 slot
Max. SDRAM capacity AcuLaser C2800/C2800D : 640MB
AcuLaser C3800/C3800D : 1GB
PWM SP4NX-C (E05C031A)
Control panel Wide panel
Buttons x 6
LED x 3
with back light
USB USB2.0 HS
Type-B Installed
Network standard 100BaseTX/10BaseT
USB host Specification USB 1.1 integrated host
Device SIR720005
Clock 12.0000 MHz
Table 2-3. Controller Outline Specifications
Item Description
Confidential
DIAGRAM
Overview of connections of the clock and the data bus is shown below:
Figure 2-56. Circuity Block Diagram
Table 2-4. Main Elements Explanation
IC Name Reference Function/Specification
CPU IC101 Device: PowerPC 750FL-600
Clock speed: 600MHz
FMV IC102 ASIC for memory control and video control
FAIO IC401 ASIC for I/O control
PLD (Programmable Logic Device) IC103 Interface between CPU and FMV
PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) IC601 Pulse duration of video signal control IC
Controls frequency between FMV and
engine I/F.
EEPROM IC402 Stores printer setting information, history,
and so on.
Capacity: 256 Kbyte
SSCG
(Spread Spectrum Clock Generator)
IC501 Clock generator
Controls emission noise from devices by
fluctuating frequency among them.
PCC IC400 Panel control IC
RESET IC IC502 Resets the system by detecting power-on,
power-off, and intermittent discontinuity.
Table 2-5. Signals Explanation
Signal Name Function
CPUCLK System clock for CPU
SPD A signal for getting DIMM information
EVCLK Video clock
PDCLK PWM clock
VIDEOX CMYK Video signal
HSYNCX CMYK Hsync signal
PD CMYK Video data
VSYNCX CMYK Vsync signal
CMD Engine command signal
STS Engine status signal
FAIOCLK System clock for FAIO
CPSCLK System clock for PCC
Confidential
2.9.1 Power Supply
The power supply diagram is shown below:
Figure 2-57. Power Supply Diagram
Confidential
CHAP T E R
3
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING Procedure for Troubleshooting 77
Confidential
3.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting
For efficient troubleshooting, verify the condition of the trouble carefully using FIP
(Fault Isolation Procedures) with reference to Chapter 2 OPERATING
PRINCIPLES (p.30) and Chapter 7 Connectors (p.396).
.
3.1.1 Procedure for Troubleshooting
Perform troubleshooting work according to the following flowchart.
Figure 3-1. Procedure for Troubleshooting
3.1.2 Preliminary Check
Before starting troubleshooting, make sure that the following conditions are all met.
1. The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits.
(Measure the voltage at the wall socket.)
2. The power cord must be free from damage, short circuit or breaking, and should be
connected properly to the power source.
3. The printer must be grounded properly.
4. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to too high or
low temperature, too high or low humidity, or abrupt temperature change.
5. The printer should not be located near waterworks, humidifiers, heaters or flames,
in a dusty atmosphere, or in a place where the printer can be exposed to air blasts
from an air conditioner.
6. The printer should not be located in a place where volatile or inflammable gasses
are produced.
7. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to direct
sunlight.
8. The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place.
9. The printer must be placed on a solid, stable and flat surface.
10. The paper used must conform to the specifications. (Standard paper is
recommended.)
11. There should be no errors in handling of the printer.
12. The Regular Replacement Parts must have been replaced every time their
respective specified number of sheets has been printed.
Verify the condition of the trouble
Preliminary Check
Start
Troubleshoot using FIP
Finish
Check if the trouble
returns to normal
Preventative
maintenance
Chapter2 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (p.30)
Chapter7 Connectors (p.396)
* : Clean the Feed Roller, and check if there is
any other part which is likely to cause
another error.
Confidential
3.1.3 Precautions in Performing Troubleshooting Work
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord before starting troubleshooting work unless
instructed to plug it in.
2. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed, and the interlock
and safety switches turned ON, be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J 12) on the
PWBA MCU from the ROS ASSY, except when its connection is required.
3. If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed, and the interlock
and safety switches turned ON, be careful of a high voltage from HVPS.
4. When touching any hot surfaces, take care not to burn yourself.
5. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from your body.
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when the power is on.
The power switch/inlet part is alive even when the power switch is
turned OFF. Take care not to touch any live parts.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed,
and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, there is a danger
of the laser beam being emitted from ROS ASSY. Be sure to
disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J12), except when its
connection is required.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed,
and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, never touch the
high-voltage power supply and any other high voltage output part
as a high voltage may be output from HVPS.
Confidential
3.1.4 Notes on Using FIP
1. The troubleshooting method described here assumes that there is no malfunction
in the printer controller (BOARD ASSY, MAIN). If you cannot fix a problem
even by following the troubleshooting procedure, replace the printer controller
with a normal one and then follow the same procedure.
If you cannot recover the printer from the trouble even with the printer controller
replaced, replace the Possible parts that caused the error shown in FIP and
related parts with new ones one by one, and repeat operation checks.
2. Have spares of the MCU, LVPS, HVPS, FUSER UNIT, TRANSFER UNIT, and
any other part in advance as they may be required to identify the cause of the
trouble in FIP troubleshooting.
3. Be sure to unplug the power code before starting troubleshooting work unless
instructed to plug it in. Never touch any live parts unnecessarily with the power
cord connected.
4. Conventions used to represent connectors are as follows:
P/J 12: Indicates P/J 12 connectors are connected.
P12: Indicates the disconnected plug side.
(except when connecting directly on the board)
J 12: Indicates the disconnected jack side.
(except when connecting directly on the board)
5. When, for example, P/J 1-2PIN <=>P/J 3-4PIN is indicated in FIP for the voltage
check, set the plus side of a measuring tool to 2PIN on P/J 1 and set the minus
side of the tool to 4PIN on P/J 3.
6. When, for example, P/J 1 <=>P/J 2 is indicated in FIP for the voltage check,
check for all the relating terminals between P/J 1 and P/J 2 with reference to
Chapter 7 Connectors (p.396).
7. Taking P/J 1-2PIN <=>P/J 3-4PIN as an example, the minus side P/J 3-4PIN is
AG (Analog Ground), SG (Signal Ground), or RTN (Return). Therefore it is
possible to connect to another AG, SG, or RTN pin as the minus side instead of P/
J 3-4PIN. Before doing so, check that each AG-to-AG, SG-to-SG, or RTN-to-
RTN has continuity properly. Be careful not to connect to a wrong pin since the
level of AG, SG and RTN are different from each other.
8. Use a special tool for measuring voltage of a small connector. Be careful of the
sharp edge of the tool.
9. When measuring the voltage, perform measurement with the TRANSFER UNIT
and paper cassette loaded, FRONT COVER closed, and the power turned ON.
10. All voltage values given in the FIP are approximate values. Actual measured
values should not be completely the same as those given in the FIP.
11. Note that FIP does not provide any description on removal of parts which are
supposed to be removed to remove the target part, and the procedures.
12. Any parts listed in Possible parts that caused the error in the FIP are regarded as
the source of the trouble and signifies that the parts or the assemblies (HIGH
ASSY) containing those parts should be replaced with normal ones one by one,
and checking should be repeated.
13. In this chapter, paper feeder at the bottom of the printer is referred to as "Tray1",
and optional paper feeder is referred to as "Tray2.
14. FIP may contain descriptions that distinguish between certain specifications. Be
sure to follow such instructions properly to remedy the problem.
TROUBLESHOOTING FIP 80
Confidential
3.2 FIP
3.2.1 FIP
FIP is provided as the first step to identify the cause of the trouble. FIP is a guide for
proceeding with troubleshooting while checking error codes and various other
symptoms of trouble.
3.2.2 The flow of FIP
Figure 3-2. The Flow of FIP
Ask the operator about the conditions of the trouble.
Was the operator operating the printer correctly?
Instruct the operator how to operate the printer.
Is it an image quality problem?
Take notes on the jam code.
Make up the trouble with reference to FIP.
Is it a paper-jam trouble?
Is an error message (error code) displayed on the printer panel?
Perform troubleshooting with reference to
7.1 Connectors (p.396).
Make up the trouble with reference to
3.5 Print Quality Trouble FIP (p.135).
Ask the operator how the jam occurred and execute printing in the
same manner as s/he did. Does paper jam occur?
Recheck the trouble condition, and execute preventive
maintenance with reference to 7.1 Connectors (p.396),
disassembly adjustment, or various information.
Make up the trouble with reference to FIP.
N Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Have the F/W of the main controller and the engine controller been updated?
Is the printer making abnormal noise?
Y
Make up the trouble with reference to
3.6 Abnormal Noise-related Trouble (p.151).
N
Y
Confidential
3.2.3 List of Warnings and Errors
PAPER JAM
Table 3-1. List of Warnings and Errors (Paper Jam)
Class LCD Message Description See FIP
E
r
r
o
r
Paper J am MP C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the specified time after feeding paper from the MSI. FIP 1-1 (p.87)
Paper J am C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the specified time after feeding paper from tray 1. FIP 1-2 (p.88)
The REGI SENSOR detected paper too soon after feeding paper. FIP 1-4 (p.90)
The REGI SENSOR kept detecting paper longer than the specified time. Or the REGI SENSOR detected paper while the printer is initializing. FIP 1-6 (p.92)
The Dup J am Sensor detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-13 (p.98)
Paper J am C2 C1 A The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper within the specified time after feeding paper from tray 2. FIP 1-3 (p.89)
Paper J am A B The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) could not detect paper within specified time after the REGI SENSOR has detected it. FIP 1-5 (p.91)
The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) kept detecting paper longer than the specified time. Or the Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) detected paper while the
printer is initializing.
FIP 1-7 (p.93)
Paper passed the Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) to soon after the sensor detected the paper. FIP 1-7 (p.93)
The Exit Sensor (FUSER UNIT) detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-12 (p.97)
Paper J am A D The REGI SENSOR could not detect paper after the Dup J am Sensor has detected it. FIP 1-8 (p.94)
The Dup J am Sensor could not detect paper after the paper has passed the switchback section. FIP 1-9 (p.95)
The Dup J am Sensor kept detecting paper longer than the specified time.
Or the Dup J am Sensor detected paper while the printer is initializing.
FIP 1-9 (p.95)
The Regi Sensor detected paper presence when the printer was turned on or when the interlock was closed. FIP 1-11 (p.97)
Check Transparency
The PWBA OHP Sensor detected different type of paper. FIP 1-10 (p.96)
Confidential
Figure 3-3. Paper Feed Path Diagram
Confidential
OTHER THAN PAPER JAM
Table 3-2. List of Warnings and Errors (Other than paper jam)
W
a
r
n
i
n
g
Yellow(Y) Toner Low A remaining amount of yellow toner fell to below about 25%. ---
Magenta(M) Toner Low A remaining amount of magenta toner fell to below about 25%. ---
Cyan(C) Toner Low A remaining amount of cyan toner fell to below about 25%. ---
Black(K) Toner Low A remaining amount of black toner fell to below about 25%. ---
Worn Transfer Unit TRANSFER UNIT is approaching the end of its life cycle. ---
Worn Fuser FUSER UNIT has reached the near end of its life cycle. ---
Replace Fuser FUSER UNIT has reached the end of its life cycle. FIP 1-40 (p.114)
E
r
r
o
r
Install Yellow(Y) TnrCart IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) is not installed, or the one of another color is installed. FIP 1-14 (p.98)
Toner could not be detected when a new IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) is installed. FIP 1-41 (p.114)
Install Magenta(M) TnrCart IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) is not installed, or the one of other color is installed. FIP 1-15 (p.99)
Toner could not be detected when a new IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) is installed. FIP 1-42 (p.115)
Install Cyan(C) TnrCart IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) is not installed, or the one of another color is installed. FIP 1-16 (p.99)
Toner could not be detected when a new IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) is installed. FIP 1-43 (p.115)
Install Black(K) TnrCart IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) is not installed, or the one of another color is installed. FIP 1-17 (p.100)
Toner could not be detected when a new IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) is installed. FIP 1-44 (p.116)
Install Transfer Unit TRANSFER UNIT is not installed. FIP 1-18 (p.100)
Wrong TRANSFER UNIT is installed. FIP 1-50 (p.120)
Install Fuser FUSER UNIT is not installed properly, or a broken thermistor inside the FUSER UNIT is detected. FIP 1-19 (p.101)
The CRUM ID inside the FUSER UNIT is not correct. FIP 1-51 (p.120)
TonerCart Error Yellow(Y) Communication error between the CRUM inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-20 (p.101)
TonerCart Error Magenta(M) Communication error between the CRUM inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-21 (p.102)
TonerCart Error Cyan(C) Communication error between the CRUM inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-22 (p.102)
TonerCart Error Black(K) Communication error between the CRUM inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-23 (p.103)
DM Error 002 Communication error between the Duplex Unit and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-33 (p.110)
Cassette2 Error 001 Communication error between the Option Feeder and the PWBA MCU. FIP 1-34 (p.111)
Confidential
E
r
r
o
r
Replace Toner Yellow(Y) IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
FIP 1-35 (p.111)
Replace Toner Magenta(M) IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
FIP 1-36 (p.112)
Replace Toner Cyan(C) IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached near the end of its service life. (Error LED flashes)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
FIP 1-37 (p.112)
Replace Toner Black(K) IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) has reached near the end of its service life. (Warning)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) has reached the end of its service life. (Error LED lit)
FIP 1-38 (p.113)
Replace Transfer Unit TRANSFER UNIT has reached the end of its service life. FIP 1-39 (p.113)
Printer Open The front cover is opened. FIP 1-45 (p.117)
Close Front Cover The specified time (5 min.) has passed after the cover is opened. FIP 1-45 (p.117)
Wrong Toner Yellow(Y) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) is not correct. FIP 1-46 (p.118)
Wrong Toner Magenta(M) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) is not correct. FIP 1-47 (p.118)
Wrong Toner Cyan(C) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) is not correct. FIP 1-48 (p.119)
Wrong Toner Black(K) The CRUM ID inside the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) is not correct. FIP 1-49 (p.119)
Table 3-2. List of Warnings and Errors (Other than paper jam)
Confidential
3.2.4 List of Service Request
Table 3-3. List of Service Request
Class Code Description See FIP
E
n
g
i
n
e

R
e
l
a
t
e
d

(
E
)
100 Laser power has weakened.
SOS signal cannot be detected.
FIP 1-24 (p.103)
300 Abnormal high temperature was detected
The printer detected that the circuit for the Temp sensor is in failure.
Abnormal low temperature was detected
Warm-up has not completed within the specified time.
The lamp remains lit longer than the specified time.
FIP 1-25 (p.104)
500 Abnormal rotation signal of Main/Sub/Deve Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) or the PH Motor (DRIVE ASSY PH) is detected. FIP 1-26 (p.105)
550 Abnormal rotation signal of the FAN MAIN/FAN DUP is detected. FIP 1-27 (p.106)
600 Output of the ADC Sensor inside the TRANSFER UNIT is decreased. FIP 1-28 (p.107)
610 High temperature, low temperature, or high humidity that goes out of bounds is detected. FIP 1-29 (p.108)
900 NV-RAM in the PWBA MCU error
Communication error between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA EEPROM, CRUM in the FUSER UNIT, CRUM in the TRANSFER UNIT, or the
HVPS.
FIP 1-30 (p.109)
901 Firmware error FIP 1-31 (p.109)
998
Engine communication error
FIP 1-32 (p.110)
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

R
e
l
a
t
e
d

(
C
)
0000-0799 CPU exception (controller or software failure)
3.4 Controller-
related Trouble FIP
(p133)
0800 IPL error (controller defect)
0998 Engine communication error (only when power-on)
0999 Engine flash ROM has no program data
1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.)
1001 Standard RAM error (minimum stack is undefined, etc.)
1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined, etc.)
1003 Optional RAM error
1010 Verification error
1020 RAM error (slot 0)
1100 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font)
1101 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font)
Confidential
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

R
e
l
a
t
e
d

(
C
)
1110 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font latter half)
3.4 Controller-
related Trouble FIP
(p133)
1111 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font latter half)
1120 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 7) (program)
1170 Optional FONT ROM checksum error
1180 Optional ROM module A checksum error
1181 Optional ROM module B checksum error
1182 Optional ROM module C checksum error
1185 ROM module unsupported
1200 EEPROM writing error
1210 EEPROM writing times limit
1300 RTC failure
1400 Engine initialization error
1500 CCNV hardware error
1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for compression
1600 Video series hardware error (including PWMIC calibration error)
1610 Video series hardware error (VCNV error)
1700 Loopback test failure of network board
1702 Network board uninstalled
1710 Token Ring hardware error
1800 Illegal SPD
1999 Other hardware errors
2000 Software error
Table 3-3. List of Service Request
Class Code Description See FIP
TROUBLESHOOTING Engine-related Trouble FIP 87
Confidential
3.3 Engine-related Trouble FIP
3.3.1 Level 1 FIP
FIP 1-1 Paper Jam MP C1 A
Possible parts that caused the error
Troubleshooting
SOLENOID FEED MSI
DRIVE ASSY PH
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
REGI SENSOR
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL ASSY TURN
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the paper feed path
Is there any foreign material, deformation, or
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Check the Paper Feed Rollers
Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL ASSY
FEED MSI/ROLL ASSY RETARD/ROLL
ASSY TURN) installed correctly?
Go to Step [3]. Reinstall the
rollers correctly.
3
FEED MSI/ROLL ASSY RETARD/ROLL
ASSY TURN) worn?
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the operation of the REGI SENSOR
Check the REGI SENSOR with reference to
FIP 2-1 (p.121). Was the trouble fixed?
End of procedure Go to Step [5].
5
Check the operation of the SOLENOID
FEED MSI
Check the SOLENOID FEED MSI with
reference to FIP 2-2 (p.121).
Was the trouble fixed?
Step Check Yes No
6
Check the operation of the CLUTCH ASSY
PH TURN
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN with
7
Check the operation of the DRIVE ASSY PH
Check the DRIVE ASSY PH with reference to
FIP 2-6 (p.123).
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-2 Paper Jam C1 A
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
DRIVE ASSY PH
REGI SENSOR
ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (Nudger Roll)
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Are the Paper Feed Rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger
Roll/Retard Roll) installed correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
Roll/Retard Roll) worn?
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
5
PH FEED
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED with
6
FIP 2-6 (p.123).
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-3 Paper Jam C2 C1 A
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (Nudger Roll)
PWBA FEED-H
REGI SENSOR
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Roll/Retard Roll) installed correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
Are the paper feed rollers (Feed Roll/Nudger
Roll/Retard Roll) worn?
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
5
FEED OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Check the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT with
Step Check Yes No
6
TURN OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Check the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT with
7
Check the operation of the DRIVE ASSY
OPT FDR
Check the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR with
--- ---
Confidential
Troubleshooting
REGI SENSOR PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
FIP 2-1 (p.121).
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-5 Paper Jam A B
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
DRIVE ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL REGI METAL
TRANSFER UNIT
FUSER UNIT
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Are the paper feed rollers (ROLL REGI
RUBBER/ROLL REGI METAL) installed
correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
RUBBER/ROLL REGI METAL) worn?
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the installation of the TRANSFER
UNIT
Is the TRANSFER UNIT installed correctly?
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
5
Check the TRANSFER UNIT
Is the TRANSFER UNIT deformed or
damaged?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [6].
6
PH REGI
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI with
7
FIP 2-6 (p.123).
Step Check Yes No
8
Check the operation of the Main Motor in
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN with reference to FIP 2-7 (p.124).
9
Check the operation of the Exit Sensor in the
FUSER UNIT
Check the Exit Sensor in the FUSER UNIT with
--- ---
Confidential
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
DRIVE ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
REGI SENSOR
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL REGI METAL
TRANSFER UNIT
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL REGI
correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
UNIT
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
5
Check the TRANSFER UNIT
Is the TRANSFER UNIT deformed or
damaged?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [6].
6
PH REGI
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI with
7
Step Check Yes No
8
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor in the DRIVE ASSY
9
FIP 2-1 (p.121).
--- ---
Confidential
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
FUSER UNIT
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Check the operation of the Exit Clutch in the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Exit Clutch in the DRIVE ASSY
3
FUSER UNIT
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-8 Paper Jam A D
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH DUP
MOTOR ASSY DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP1
ROLL ASSY DUP2
ROLL ASSY TURN
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
DRIVE ASSY PH
REGI SENSOR
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
Are the Paper Feed Rollers (ROLL REGI
correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the operation of the CLUTCH DUP
Check the CLUTCH DUP with reference to
5
Check the operation of the MOTOR ASSY
DUP
Check the MOTOR ASSY DUP with reference
to FIP 2-17 (p.132). Was the trouble fixed?
6
PH TURN
Check the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN with
Step Check Yes No
7
8
FIP 2-1 (p.121).
--- ---
Confidential
Troubleshooting
DUP J AM SENSOR
CLUTCH DUP
MOTOR ASSY DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP1
ROLL ASSY DUP2
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
dirt on the path?
Clean or replace
the part.
Go to Step [2].
2
DUP1/ROLL ASSY DUP2/ROLL ASSY
TURN) installed correctly?
rollers correctly.
3
Are the paper feed rollers (ROLL ASSY DUP1/
ROLL ASSY DUP2/ROLL ASSY TURN)
worn?
Replace the
rollers.
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the operation of the DUP JAM
SENSOR
Check the DUP J AM SENSOR with reference
5
Check the operation of the CLUTCH DUP
Check the CLUTCH DUP with reference to
6
Check the operation of the MOTOR ASSY
DUP
Check the MOTOR ASSY DUP with reference
to FIP 2-17 (p.132).
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-10 Check Transparency
Troubleshooting
PWBA OHP LED
PWBA OHP SENSOR
PWBA MCU
HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
HARNESS ASSY OHP
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the PWBA OHP
LED and the PWBA OHP SENSOR
Check the connection state of the following items.
PWBA OHP LED - PWBA MCU
PWBA OHP SENSOR - PWBA MCU
Are P/J 2411, P/J 2412, P/J 241, and P/J 24
connected correctly?
Go to Step [2]. Reconnect
P/J 2411, P/J 2412,
P/J 241, and P/J 24
correctly.
2
Check the continuity of the HARNESS ASSY
OHP SNR
Is the continuity between P/J 2412 <=>P/J 241
normal?
Go to Step [3]. Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY OHP SNR.
3
OHP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY OHP.
4
Check the power voltage supply to PWBA
OHP LED
Measure the voltage between PWBA MCU
ground <=>P/J 24-1PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +3.3 V) output?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
5
Replace of the PWBA OHP LED
Replace the PWBA OHP LED. (p.253)
6
OHP SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY OHP SNR.
7
OHP
normal?
Replace the
PWBA OHP
SENSOR.
(p.240)
Replace the
HARNESS
ASSY OHP.
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
REGI SENSOR PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the REGI SENSOR
Is there any foreign material or paper dust on
the REGI SENSOR?
Remove the
foreign material
or paper dust.
Go to Step [2].
2
FIP 2-1 (p.121).
--- ---
FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the Exit Sensor part in the FUSER
UNIT
the Exit Sensor part in the FUSER UNIT?
Remove the
foreign material
or paper dust.
Go to Step [2].
2
FUSER UNIT
--- ---
Confidential
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-14 Install Yellow(Y) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
DUP J AM SENSOR
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the DUP JAM SENSOR
the DUP J AM SENSOR?
Remove the
foreign material
or paper dust.
Go to Step [2].
2
SENSOR
Check the DUP J AM SENSOR with reference
3
Check after replacing the PWBA DUP
Replace the PWBA DUP with a new one.
(p.349)
Does the error still occur after the replacement?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)
HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the installation of the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(Y) correctly.
2
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y)
Is there any damage to the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y)?
Replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(Y). (p.271)
Go to Step [3].
3
Check the connection of the SENSOR ASSY
CRU (Y)
Check the connection state between SENSOR
ASSY CRU (Y) and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 191 and P/J 19 connected correctly?
Go to Step [4]. Reconnect the
P/J 191 and P/J 19
correctly.
4
TNR SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
5
Check the power voltage supply to SENSOR
ASSY CRU (Y)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
6
Check the operation of the SENSOR ASSY
CRU (Y)
Does the voltage change when the SENSOR
ASSY CRU (Y) is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
CRU (Y). (p.271)
Confidential
FIP 1-15 Install Magenta(M) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-16 Install Cyan(C) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (M)
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (M)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(M) correctly.
2
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M)
CARTRIDGE (M)?
Replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(M). (p.271)
Go to Step [3].
3
CRU (M)
ASSY CRU (M) and PWBA MCU.
P/J 192 and P/J 19
correctly.
4
TNR SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
5
ASSY CRU (M)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
6
CRU (M)
ASSY CRU (M) is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
CRU (M).
(p.271)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C)
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (C)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)
correctly.
2
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C)
CARTRIDGE (C)?
Replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)
(p.271)
Go to Step [3].
3
CRU (C)
ASSY CRU (C) and PWBA MCU.
P/J 194 and P/J 19
correctly.
4
TNR SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
5
ASSY CRU (C)
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
6
CRU (C)
ASSY CRU (C) is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
CRU (C).
(p.271)
Confidential
FIP 1-17 Install Black(K) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-18 Install Transfer Unit
Troubleshooting
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (K)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(K) correctly.
2
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K)
CARTRIDGE (K)?
Replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(K) (p.271)
Go to Step [3].
3
CRU (K)
ASSY CRU (K) and PWBA MCU.
P/J 193 and P/J 19
correctly.
4
TNR SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY TNR SNR.
5
ASSY CRU (K).
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
6
CRU (K)
ASSY CRU (K) is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
SENSOR ASSY
CRU (K).
(p.288)
TRANSFER UNIT
PWBA MCUR
HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
Step Check Yes No
1
UNIT
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
2
Check the connection of the TRANSFER
UNIT
Check the connection state between
TRANSFER UNIT and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 2721, P/J 272, and P/J 27 connected
correctly?
P/J 2721, P/J 272,
and P/J 27
correctly.
3
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
4
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
5
Check the power voltage supply to the ADC
Sensor in the TRANSFER UNIT.
ground <=>P/J 27-A7PIN.
Is the power voltage (approx. +5 V) output?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-19 Install Fuser
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-20 TonerCart Error Yellow(Y)
Troubleshooting
FUSER UNIT
HARNESS ASSY FUSER
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check after turning the power OFF and ON
Does the error recur even when the power is
turned off and back on again?
Go to Step [2]. End of procedure
2
Check the installation of the FUSER UNIT
Is the FUSER UNIT installed correctly?
USER ASSY
correctly.
3
Check the connection of the FUSER UNIT
Check the connection state between FUSER
UNIT and PWBA MCU.
P/J 171 and P/J 17
correctly.
4
FUSER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FUSER.
5
Check the resistance value of the Temp.
Sensor in the FUSER UNIT
Measure the resistance value of the connectors
listed below.
J 171-8PIN <=>J 171-7PIN
J 171-4PIN <=>J 171-6PIN
J 171-4PIN <=>J 171-5PIN
Can the resistance value be measured?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
FUSER UNIT.
(p.298)
CONNECTOR CRUM
(CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
HARNESS ASSY CRUM
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (Y)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(Y) correctly.
2
Check the installation of the CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
Is the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (Y) installed correctly?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (Y)
correctly.
3
Check the connection of the CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)
and PWBA MCU.
Go to Step [4]. Reconnect P/J 311
and P/J 31
correctly.
4
CRUM
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY CRUM.
5
Check the CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (Y)
Is there any damage to the CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (Y)?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (Y).
(p.280)
6
Check after replacing the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) with
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-21 TonerCart Error Magenta(M)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-22 TonerCart Error Cyan(C)
Troubleshooting
CONNECTOR CRUM
(CRUM SENSOR) (M)
HARNESS ASSY CRUM
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (M)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(M) correctly.
2
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (M)
SENSOR) (M) installed correctly?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (M)
correctly.
3
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (M)
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (M)
and PWBA MCU.
P/J 312 and P/J 31
correctly.
4
CRUM
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY CRUM.
5
SENSOR) (M)
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (M)?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (M).
(p.280)
6
CARTRIDGE (M)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) with
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
CONNECTOR CRUM
(CRUM SENSOR) (C)
HARNESS ASSY CRUM
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (C)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)
correctly.
2
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (C)
SENSOR) (C) installed correctly?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (C)
correctly.
3
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (C)
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (C)
and PWBA MCU.
P/J 313 and P/J 31
correctly.
4
CRUM
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY CRUM.
5
SENSOR) (C)
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (C)?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (C).
(p.280)
6
CARTRIDGE (C)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) with
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-23 TonerCart Error Black(K)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-24 Service Req E100 (ROS Failure)
Troubleshooting
CONNECTOR CRUM
(CRUM SENSOR) (K)
HARNESS ASSY CRUM
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (K)
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed
correctly?
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(K) correctly.
2
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)
SENSOR) (K) installed correctly?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (K)
correctly.
3
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)
CONNECTOR CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)
and PWBA MCU.
P/J 314 and P/J 31
correctly.
4
CRUM
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY CRUM.
5
SENSOR) (K)
CRUM (CRUM SENSOR) (K)?
CONNECTOR
CRUM (CRUM
SENSOR) (K).
(p.280)
6
CARTRIDGE (K)
Replace the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) with
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
ROS ASSY PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check after turning the power OFF and ON.
2
Check the connection of the ROS ASSY
Check the connection state between ROS ASSY
and PWBA MCU.
P/J 151 and P/J 12
correctly.
3
Check after replacing the ROS ASSY
Replace the ROS ASSY with a new one. (p.280)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-25 Service Req E300 (Fuser Failure)
Troubleshooting
FUSER UNIT
HARNESS ASSY FUSER
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
LVPS
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
2
Is the FUSER UNIT installed correctly?
FUSER UNIT.
3
Check the connection of the FUSER UNIT
Check the connection state of the following
items.
FUSER UNIT - PWBA MCU
FUSER UNIT - LVPS
LVPS - PWBA MCU
Are P/J 171, P/J 17, P/J 47, P/J 14, and P/J 501
P/J 171, P/J 17,
P/J 47, P/J 14, and
P/J 501 correctly.
4
FUSER
Is there normal continuity between the
following connectors?
P/J 171 <=>P/J 17
P/J 171 <=>P/J 47
HARNESS
ASSY FUSER.
5
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
Step Check Yes No
6
Check after replacing the FUSER UNIT
Replace the FUSER UNIT with a new one.
(p.298)
7
Check after replacing the LVPS
Replace the LVPS with a new one. (p.327)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-26 Service Req E500 (Motor Failure)
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
DRIVE ASSY PH
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
2
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Main Motor with reference to FIP 2-7
(p.124). Was the trouble fixed?
3
Check the operation of the Sub Motor in the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Sub Motor with reference to FIP 2-8
4
Check the operation of the Deve Motor in the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the Deve Motor with reference to FIP 2-9
5
FIP 2-6 (p.123).
--- ---
Confidential
FIP 1-27 Service Req E550 (Fan Motor Failure)
Troubleshooting
FAN MAIN
FAN DUP
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
LVPS
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
2
Check the connection of the FAN MAIN and
the FAN DUP
Check the connection state of the following
items.
FAN MAIN - LVPS
FAN DUP - PWBA DUP
Go to Step [3]. Reconnect FAN
MAIN (P/J 503)
and FAN DUP (P/
J 427) correctly.
3
Check the power voltage supply to FAN
DUP.
Measure the voltage between PWBA DUP
Is the power voltage (+24 V) output?
Replace the FAN
DUP. (p.349)
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the connection between PWBA DUP
and PWBA MCU
Check the connection state between PWBA
DUP and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 428, P/J 2720, P/J 272, and P/J 27
P/J 428, P/J 2720,
P/J 272, and P/J 27
correctly.
5
DUP UNIT
Is there normal continuity between P/J 428 and
P/J 2720?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
UNIT.
6
FRONT COVER
Is there normal continuity between P/J 2720 and
P/J 272?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
Step Check Yes No
7
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
8
DUP
1. Close the interlock switch (HARNESS
ASSY INTERLOCK) before performing
the following work.
2. Measure the voltage between PWBA
MCU ground <=>P/J 27-A17, A18PIN.
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
9
Replace of the PWBA DUP
Replace the PWBA DUP. (p.349)
10
Check the power voltage supply to FAN
MAIN
Measure the voltage between LVPS ground <=>
P503-1PIN.
Is the power voltage (+24 V) output?
Replace the FAN
MAIN. (p.327)
Go to Step [11].
11
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
12
Check the power voltage output from the
LVPS.
1. Measure the voltage between LVPS
ground <=>P503-1PIN.
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
LVPS. (p.327)
Confidential
FIP 1-28 Service Req E600 (ADC Sensor Error)
Troubleshooting
TRANSFER UNIT
PWBA MCU
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
Step Check Yes No
1
2
UNIT
TRANSFER
UNIT correctly.
3
Check the connection of the TRANSFER
UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT and PWBA MCU.
correctly?
P/J 2721, P/J 272,
and P/J 27
correctly.
4
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
5
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
6
Check the power voltage supply to the ADC
Sensor in the TRANSFER UNIT.
ground <=>P/J 27-A7PIN.
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-29 Service Req E610 (Environment Sensor Error)
Troubleshooting
SENSOR HUM
HARNESS ASSY HUM
PWBA OHP SNR
HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
HARNESS ASSY OHP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
2
Check the connection of the PWBA OHP
SNR
OHP SNR and PWBA MCU.
correctly?
P/J 2411, P/J 241,
and P/J 24
correctly.
3
OHP SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY OHP SNR.
4
OHP
Is the continuity between P/J 241 <=>P/J 24?
HARNESS
ASSY OHP.
5
Replace of the PWBA OHP SNR
Replace the PWBA OHP SNR.
6
Replace of the PWBA MCU
Replace the PWBA MCU. (p.343)
7
Check the connection of the SENSOR HUM
HUM and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 26
correctly.
Step Check Yes No
8
HUM
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY HUM.
9
HUM.
Replace the
SENSOR HUM.
(p.343)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-30 Service Req E900 (NV-RAM Error)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-31 Service Req E901 (Firmware Error)
Troubleshooting
PWBA MCU
PWBA EEPROM XPRO
FUSER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT
Step Check Yes No
1
2
Check after reinstalling the PWBA MCU
Remove the PWBA MCU, and reinstall it
properly.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
2
Check the firmware version
Is the firmware version latest?
Go to Step [3]. Update the
firmware.
3
Check after reinstalling the PWBA MCU
Remove the PWBA MCU, and reinstall it
properly.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-32 Service Req E998 (Engine communication error)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-33 DM Error 002
Troubleshooting
HARNESS ASSY ESS
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the firmware version of the PWBA
MCU
Check the firmware version of the PWBA
MCU. Is the version latest?
firmware and go
to step [2].
2
Check the firmware version of the BOARD
ASSY, MAIN
Check the firmware version of the BOARD
ASSY, MAIN. Is the version latest?
firmware.
3
Check the continuity of HARNESS ASSY
ESS
1. Disconnect P10 on the PWBA MCU.
2. Disconnect the CN601 on the BOARD
ASSY, MAIN
3. Check each wiring for continuity.
Do all of the wiring have normal continuity?
HARNESS
ASSY ESS.
4
Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the PWBA DUP
DUP and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 127, P/J 272, P/J 2720, and P/J 428
P/J 127, P/J 272,
P/J 2720, and
P/J 428 correctly.
2
DUP UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
UNIT.
3
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
4
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
5
Replace the PWBA DUP with a new one.
(p.349)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-34 Cassette2 Error 001
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-35 Replace Toner Yellow(Y)
Troubleshooting
HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA FEED-H
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the PWBA FEED-H
FEED-H and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 127, P/J 272, P/J 2720, and P/J 428
P/J 127, P/J 272,
P/J 2720, and
P/J 428 correctly.
2
FDR UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FDR
UNIT.
3
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
4
Check after replacing the PWBA FEED-H
Replace the PWBA FEED-H with a new one.
(p.370)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (Y)
a new one. (p.271)
2
Check the connection of the DISPENSER
ASSY (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
3
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
4
Check the power voltage supply to
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 18-A1PIN, A2PIN.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (Y).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-36 Replace Toner Magenta(M)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-37 Replace Toner Cyan(C)
Troubleshooting
DISPENSER ASSY (M)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (M)
a new one. (p.271)
2
ASSY (M)
DISPENSER ASSY (M) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
3
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
4
DISPENSER ASSY (M)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (M).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (C)
a new one. (p.271)
2
ASSY (C)
DISPENSER ASSY (C) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
3
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
4
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 18-B7PIN, B8PIN.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (C).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-38 Replace Toner Black(K)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-39 Replace Transfer Unit
Troubleshooting
DISPENSER ASSY (K)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (K)
a new one. (p.271)
2
ASSY (K)
DISPENSER ASSY (K) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
3
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
4
DISPENSER ASSY (K)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (K).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
TRANSFER UNIT PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check after replacing the TRANSFER UNIT
Replace the TRANSFER UNIT with a new one.
(p.268)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-40 Replace Fuser
Troubleshooting
FIP-41 INSTALL YELLOW(Y) TNRCART
Troubleshooting
FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
(p.300)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.348)
End of procedure
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the toner tape
Is the toner tape pulled out of the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y)?
Go to Step [2]. Pull out the toner
tape.
2
3
CARTRIDGE (Y)
a new one. (p.271)
4
ASSY (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
5
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
6
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (Y).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-42 Install Magenta(M) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-43 Install Cyan(C) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
DISPENSER ASSY (M)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (M)?
tape.
2
3
CARTRIDGE (M)
a new one. (p.271)
4
ASSY (M)
DISPENSER ASSY (M) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
5
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
6
DISPENSER ASSY (M)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (M).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (C)?
tape.
2
3
CARTRIDGE (C)
a new one. (p.271)
4
ASSY (C)
DISPENSER ASSY (C) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
5
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
6
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (C).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-44 Install Black(K) TnrCart
Troubleshooting
DISPENSER ASSY (K)
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
CARTRIDGE (K)?
tape.
2
3
CARTRIDGE (K)
a new one. (p.271)
4
ASSY (K)
DISPENSER ASSY (K) and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 18
correctly.
5
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
6
DISPENSER ASSY (K)
the following work.
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY (K).
(p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 1-45 Printer Open / Close Front Cover
Troubleshooting
COVER ASSY FRONT
CONTACT FRONT
LVPS
PWBA MCU
HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the installation of the COVER ASSY
FRONT
Is the COVER ASSY FRONT installed
correctly and closed?
COVER ASSY
FRONT
correctly.
2
Check the shape of the CONTACT FRONT
Is the CONTACT FRONT correctly installed,
and does it actuate the interlock switch?
CONTACT
FRONT
correctly.
3
Check the connection of the HARNESS
ASSY INTERLOCK
Check the connection state between HARNESS
ASSY INTERLOCK and LVPS.
Is P/J 44 connected correctly?
correctly.
4
Check after replacing the HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK
Replace the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
with a new one. (p.327)
5
Check the connection of the HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP
Check the connection state between LVPS and
PWBA MCU.
and P/J 15
correctly.
Step Check Yes No
6
LV TOP
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY LV TOP.
7
Check after replacing the LVPS
Replace the LVPS with a new one. (p.327)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-46 Wrong Toner Yellow(Y)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-47 Wrong Toner Magenta(M)
Troubleshooting
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the installation position
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y) installed in
the correct position?
Go to Step [2]. Install the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(Y) in the correct
position.
2
CARTRIDGE (Y)
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (M) installed in
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(M) in the correct
position.
2
CARTRIDGE (M)
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-48 Wrong Toner Cyan(C)
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-49 Wrong Toner Black(K)
Troubleshooting
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (C) installed in
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (C)
in the correct
position.
2
CARTRIDGE (C)
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Is the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K) installed in
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE
(K) in the correct
position.
2
CARTRIDGE (K)
a new one. (p.271)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
FIP 1-50 Install Transfer Unit
Troubleshooting
FIP 1-51 Install Fuser
Troubleshooting
TRANSFER UNIT PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check after replacing the TRANSFER UNIT
Replace the TRANSFER UNIT with a new one.
(p.268)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
FUSER UNIT PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
(p.298)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
End of procedure
Confidential
3.3.2 Level 2 FIP
FIP 2-1 REGI SENSOR
Troubleshooting
FIP 2-2 SOLENOID FEED MSI
Troubleshooting
HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
REGI SENSOR
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the REGI SENSOR
Check the connection state between REGI
SENSOR and PWBA MCU.
correctly?
Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J 23,
P/J 232, and
P/J 2322 correctly.
2
REGI SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY REGI
SNR.
3
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
4
Check the power voltage supply to the REGI
SENSOR
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
5
Does the voltage change when the REGI
SENSOR is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the REGI
SENSOR.
(p.253)
SOLENOID FEED MSI
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the SOLENOID
FEED MSI
SOLENOID FEED MSI and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 256
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
SOLENOID FEED MSI
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 23-17PIN.
Replace the
SOLENOID
FEED MSI.
(p.226)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-3 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
Troubleshooting
FIP 2-4 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the CLUTCH ASSY
PH TURN
Check the connection state between CLUTCH
ASSY PH TURN and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 234
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE
3
Check the power voltage supply to CLUTCH
ASSY PH TURN
the following work.
Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY
PH TURN.
(p.253)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
PH FEED
ASSY PH FEED and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 235
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
ASSY PH FEED
the following work.
Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY
PH FEED.
(p.226)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-5 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
Troubleshooting
FIP 2-6 DRIVE ASSY PH
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
PH REGI
ASSY PH REGI and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 233
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
ASSY PH REGI
the following work.
Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY
PH REGI.
(p.226)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
DRIVE ASSY PH
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the DRIVE ASSY
PH
Check the connection state between DRIVE
ASSY PH and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 251
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
Check the power voltage supply to DRIVE
ASSY PH
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 25-1PIN, P/J 25-
2PIN.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
PH.
(p.317)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-7 MAIN MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
Troubleshooting
FIP 2-8 SUB MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the Main Motor in
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
ASSY MAIN and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 211
correctly.
2
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
Check the power voltage supply to the Main
Motor in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 21-2PIN, P/J 21-
4PIN.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
MAIN.
(p.317)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the Sub Motor in the
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
and P/J 221
correctly.
2
R SIDE
Is the continuity between P/J 22-A <=>P/J 221
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
Check the power voltage supply to the Sub
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 22-A2PIN, P/J 21-
A4PIN.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
MAIN.
(p.317)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-9 DEVE MOTOR (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
Troubleshooting
FIP 2-10 EXIT CLUTCH (DRIVE ASSY MAIN)
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the Deve Motor in
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
and P/J 222
correctly.
2
R SIDE
Is the continuity between P/J 22-B <=>P/J 222
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
3
Check the power voltage supply to the Deve
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 21-B2PIN, P/J 21-
B4PIN.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
MAIN.
(p.317)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the Exit Clutch in
the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Check the connection state between Exit Clutch
and PWBA MCU.
correctly?
Go to Step [2]. Reconnect P/J 27,
P/J 276, and P/
J 2761 correctly.
2
EXIT CLT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY EXIT
CLT.
3
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
4
Check the power voltage supply to the Exit
Clutch in the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 27-B15PIN.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
MAIN.
(p.317)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-11 EXIT SENSOR (FUSER UNIT)
Troubleshooting
FUSER UNIT
HARNESS ASSY FUSER
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the Exit Sensor in
the FUSER UNIT
Check the connection state between Exit Sensor
and PWBA MCU.
and P/J 171
correctly.
2
FUSER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FUSER.
3
Check the power voltage supply to the Exit
Sensor in the FUSER UNIT
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
4
FUSER UNIT
Does the voltage change when the Exit Sensor
is shielded from light?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
FUSER UNIT.
(p.298)
Confidential
FIP 2-12 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Troubleshooting
HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA FEED-H
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
TURN OPT
ASSY TURN OPT and PWBA FEED-H.
and P/J 4201
correctly.
2
C2 TURN
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY C2 TURN.
3
ASSY TURN OPT
the following work.
FEED-H ground <=>P/J 420-1PIN.
Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY
TURN OPT.
(p.370)
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the connection between PWBA
FEED-H and PWBA MCU
correctly?
P/J 419, P/J 273,
and P/J 27
correctly.
5
FDR UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FDR
UNIT.
Step Check Yes No
6
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
7
FEED-H
the following work.
MCU ground <=>P/J 27-B4, B5PIN.
Replace the
PWBA FEED-H.
(p.370)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-13 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT (550 PAPER FEEDER)
Troubleshooting
HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA FEED-H
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
FEED OPT
ASSY FEED OPT and PWBA FEED-H.
and P/J 4213
correctly.
2
C2 CHUTE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY C2
CHUTE.
3
ASSY FEED OPT
the following work.
Replace the
CLUTCH ASSY
FEED OPT.
(p.370)
Go to Step [4].
4
FEED-H and PWBA MCU
correctly?
P/J 419, P/J 273,
and P/J 27
correctly.
5
FDR UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FDR
UNIT.
Step Check Yes No
6
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
7
FEED-H
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA FEED-H.
(p.370)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-14 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA FEED-H
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the DRIVE ASSY
OPT FDR
ASSY OPT FDR and PWBA FEED-H.
and P/J 4222
correctly.
2
C2 MOT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY C2 MOT.
3
Check the power voltage supply to DRIVE
ASSY OPT FDR
the following work.
Replace the
DRIVE ASSY
OPT FDR.
(p.370)
Go to Step [4].
4
FEED-H and PWBA MCU
correctly?
P/J 419, P/J 273,
and P/J 27
correctly.
5
FDR UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FDR
UNIT.
Step Check Yes No
6
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
7
FEED-H
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA FEED-H.
(p.370)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-15 DUP JAM SENSOR
Troubleshooting
DUP J AM SENSOR
HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the DUP JAM
SENSOR
Check the connection state between DUP J AM
SENSOR and PWBA DUP.
and P/J 4301
correctly.
2
DUP SNR
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP SNR.
3
Check the power voltage supply to DUP JAM
SENSOR
Go to Step [4]. Go to Step [5].
4
SENSOR
Does the voltage change when the DUP J AM
SENSOR is shielded from light?
Go to Step [5]. Replace the DUP
J AM SENSOR.
(p.349)
5
and PWBA MCU
DUP and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 428, P/J 2720, P/J 272, and P/J 27
P/J 428, P/J 2720,
P/J 272, and P/J 27
correctly.
Step Check Yes No
6
DUP UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
UNIT.
7
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
8
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
9
DUP
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA DUP.
(p.349)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-16 CLUTCH DUP
Troubleshooting
CLUTCH DUP
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the CLUTCH DUP
DUP and PWBA DUP.
correctly.
2
DUP
the following work.
DUP ground <=>P/J 431-1PIN.
Replace the
CLUTCH DUP.
(p.349)
Go to Step [3].
3
and PWBA MCU
DUP and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 428, P/J 2720, P/J 272, and P/J 27
P/J 428, P/J 2720,
P/J 272, and P/J 27
correctly.
4
DUP UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
UNIT.
5
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
Step Check Yes No
6
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
7
DUP
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA DUP.
(p.349)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP 2-17 MOTOR ASSY DUP
Troubleshooting
MOTOR ASSY DUP
HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
PWBA DUP
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the connection of the MOTOR ASSY
DUP
Check the connection state between MOTOR
ASSY DUP and PWBA DUP.
correctly.
2
Check the power voltage supply to MOTOR
ASSY DUP
the following work.
DUP ground <=>P/J 429-2PIN.
Replace the
MOTOR ASSY
DUP. (p.349)
Go to Step [3].
3
and PWBA MCU
DUP and PWBA MCU.
Are P/J 428, P/J 2720, P/J 272, and P/J 27
P/J 428, P/J 2720,
P/J 272, and P/J 27
correctly.
4
DUP UNIT
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY DUP
UNIT.
5
FRONT COVER
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY FRONT
COVER.
Step Check Yes No
6
R SIDE
normal?
HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE.
7
DUP
the following work.
Replace the
PWBA DUP.
(p.349)
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
TROUBLESHOOTING Controller-related Trouble FIP 133
Confidential
3.4 Controller-related Trouble FIP
When a controller related error occurs, make sure to check the initial check items listed
below first. If the error still occurs after that, replace the part given on an error basis in
the Failed Parts List on the next page to perform troubleshooting.
Initial Check
Check that the printer is grounded properly.
Check that the connectors are connected to the controller board securely
and correctly.
Check that the DIMM is connected to the controller board securely and
correctly.
Power the printer off and on several times.
Check that the printer is not in electrically noisy environments.
When powering the printer off and on again, do not turn it on
immediately after turning it off. Make sure to wait at least for a few
seconds before the power-on.
TROUBLESHOOTING Controller-related Trouble FIP 134
Confidential
Failed Parts List
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

B
o
a
r
d
P
r
o
g
r
a
m

D
I
M
M
O
p
t
.

R
O
M

D
I
M
M
S
t
d
.

R
A
M

D
I
M
M
O
p
t
.

R
A
M

D
I
M
M
N
e
t
w
o
r
k

B
o
a
r
d
V
i
d
e
o

I
/
F

C
a
b
l
e
E
n
g
i
n
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

B
o
a
r
d
N
o
i
s
e
Error
Code
Description
0000-
0799
CPU exception (controller or software failure) @ @
0800 IPL error (controller defect) @ @
0998 Engine communication error (only when power-
on)
@ @ @
0999 Engine flash ROM has no program data @
1000 Standard RAM error (not installed, etc.) @
1001 Standard RAM error (minimum stack is
undefined, etc.)
@
1002 Standard RAM error (standard size is undefined,
etc.)
@
1003 Optional RAM error @
1010 Verification error @
1020 RAM error (slot 0) @ @
1021 RAM error (slot 1) @ @
1022 RAM error (slot 2) @
1100 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font) @
1101 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font) @
1110 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 15) (font latter half) @
1111 ROM checksum error (bit 16 to 31) (font latter
half)
@
1120 ROM checksum error (bit 0 to 7) (program) @
1170 Optional FONT ROM checksum error @
1180 Optional ROM module A checksum error @
1181 Optional ROM module B checksum error @
1182 Optional ROM module C checksum error @
1185 ROM module unsupported @
1200 EEPROM writing error @
1210 EEPROM writing times limit @
1300 RTC failure @
1400 Engine initialization error @
1500 CCNV hardware error @
1550 Initialization hardware error for SRAM for
compression
@
1600 Video series hardware error (including PWMIC
calibration error)
@
1610 Video series hardware error (VCNV error) @
1700 Loopback test failure of network board @
1702 Network board uninstalled @
1710 Token Ring hardware error @
1800 Illegal SPD @
1999 Other hardware errors @
2000 Software error @
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

B
o
a
r
d
P
r
o
g
r
a
m

D
I
M
M
O
p
t
.

R
O
M

D
I
M
M
S
t
d
.

R
A
M

D
I
M
M
O
p
t
.

R
A
M

D
I
M
M
N
e
t
w
o
r
k

B
o
a
r
d
V
i
d
e
o

I
/
F

C
a
b
l
e
E
n
g
i
n
e

C
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
e
r

B
o
a
r
d
N
o
i
s
e
Error
Code
Description
TROUBLESHOOTING Print Quality Trouble FIP 135
Confidential
3.5 Print Quality Trouble FIP
3.5.1 Print Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Figure 3-4. Print Quality Troubleshooting
To reliably judge and understand the trouble to perform the correct remedy efficiently
when a print quality-related trouble occurs, make a test print, and use the FIPs
described in the following pages.
When the trouble still occurs even after performing the troubleshooting according to
the FIP, check again using the FIP, and then replace the parts indicated as Possible
parts one by one checking if the printer returns to normal.
The printing quality-related FIPs are provided as follows for the typical symptoms.
FIP-P1 "The printed image is light or faint"
FIP-P2 "A white page is printed"
FIP-P3 "A black page is printed"
FIP-P4 "Vertical white bands or lines appear on printed pages"
FIP-P5 "Horizontal white bands appear on printed pages"
FIP-P6 "Vertical lines appear on printed pages"
FIP-P7 "Horizontal lines appear on printed pages"
FIP-P8 "Irregular areas of missing image appear on the printed page"
FIP-P9 "Toner smudges across the printed pages"
FIP-P10 ""Ghost images" appear on the printed page"
FIP-P11 "Printed pages have a dark or dirty background"
FIP-P12 "The printed image is skewed"
FIP-P13 "Printed page is wrinkled, folded, or torn"
FIP-P14 "Toner is not fused to the print media"
FIP-P15 "Colors are displaced"
CHECK
POINT
The printing-quality troubleshooting described here is based on a
condition that the printer controller (BOARD ASSY, MAIN) has no
problems. However, making a test print with only the engine side,
allows you to find out roughly which side (controller side or engine
side) is causing the trouble, except for cases that cannot be checked
by the test print.
Test print with the engine alone is normal
Printer controller trouble
Test print on engine alone is abnormal
Printer engine trouble
If the probable cause is printer controller trouble, replace the
printer controller and interface cable with a normal one and check
if the printer returns to normal.
If the trouble recurs after replacing with the normal parts, check
the printer controller and use the printer quality FIPs to perform
efficient troubleshooting.
Confidential
3.5.2 Cycle of the Rollers
Figure 3-5. Rollers
The table below shows the rolls and their diameter that have possibilities of causing
print quality troubles and the intervals of their traces which appear on printouts.
CHECK
POINT
When horizontal stripes and spots appear at fixed intervals, it is
highly possible that a specific roll has caused the trouble. If this
happens, you might be able to easily solve the problem by
measuring the interval between the stripes or spots on a test print,
and checking the relationship between the pitches shown in the
table below (note that the pitch does not necessarily match the
length of the roll periphery).
Roll Part Name
Roll Diameter
(mm)
Interval of Traces
(mm)
Drum IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K/C/M/Y)
24 75.4
BCR IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K/C/M/Y)
9 28.8
BCR Cleaner Roll IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K/C/M/Y)
8 25.9
Magnet Roll (K) IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K)
16 25.2
Magnet Roll (Y,M,C) IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(C/M/Y)
16 22.3
BTR TRANSFER UNIT 12 37.7
Roll ESA TRANSFER UNIT 9 28.3
Drive Roll TRANSFER UNIT 18.1 56.9
Fuser Roll FUSER UNIT 26.32 82.7
Fuser Belt FUSER UNIT 30 94.2
Pinch Roll FUSER UNIT 6 18.8
Exit Roll FUSER UNIT 13.75 43.2
Exit Pinch Roll FUSER UNIT 10 31.4
Confidential
3.5.3 Print Quality FIP
FIP-P1 THE PRINTED IMAGE IS LIGHT OR FAINT
Before starting troubleshooting, inspect the paper feed path of the printer paper. Check
the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign
matter.
Symptom / Possible Parts
Symptom
Overall density of image is too light or faint.
Possible Parts
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
DISPENSER ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
C/K)
Is the specified IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K) installed correctly?
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the paper
Is it a new standard paper free from moisture?
Go to Step [3]. Replace it with a
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT
Reinstall the TRANSFER UNIT and make a
test print. Does the printing density get back to
normal?
ABCDEabcde12345
4
Check the laser beam path
Is there any foreign material between the ROS
ASSY and the IMAGING CARTRIDGE?
Remove the
foreign material.
Go to Step [5].
5
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
Reinstall the IMAGING CARTRIDGE (Y/M/
C/K) and make a test print. Does the printing
density get back to normal?
6
Check the DISPENSER ASSY
Is the DISPENSER ASSY (toner supply motor)
operating normally?
Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Replace the
DISPENSER
ASSY. (p.271)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P2 A WHITE PAGE IS PRINTED
matter.
Symptom
Nothing is printed on the paper.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
DISPENSER ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT
test print. Are images printed normally?
4
Remove the
foreign material.
Go to Step [5].
5
Is the harness of the ROS ASSY securely
connected?
harness correctly.
6
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
C/K) and make a test print. Are images printed
normally?
7
Check the DISPENSER ASSY
Is the DISPENSER ASSY (toner supply motor)
operating normally?
DISPENSER
ASSY. (p.271)
8
Replace the ROS ASSY (p.280) and make a test
print. Are images printed normally?
End of procedure Replace the
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P3 A BLACK PAGE IS PRINTED
matter.
Symptom
The printed page is complete black.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT
4
connected?
harness correctly.
5
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
C/K) and make a test print. Are images printed
normally?
6
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P4 VERTICAL WHITE BANDS OR LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED
PAGES
matter.
Symptom
Vertical white bands or faint colored bands appear on the
printed image.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the belt surface of the TRANSFER
UNIT
Is the belt surface damaged?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [3].
3
UNIT
test print. Does the printing quality get back to
normal?
4
connected?
harness correctly.
5
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
quality get back to normal?
6
print. Does the printing quality get back to
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P5 HORIZONTAL WHITE BANDS APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES
matter.
Symptom
Horizontal white bands or faint colored bands appear on
the printed image.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
FUSER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the bands
Do they appear at regular intervals?
(Refer to the table in 3.5.2 Cycle of the Rollers
(p136) .)
Replace the
possible parts one
by one.
Go to Step [3].
3
UNIT
Is the belt surface recessed or deformed?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
Remove the
foreign material.
Go to Step [5].
5
connected?
harness correctly.
6
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P6 VERTICAL LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES
matter.
Symptom
Vertical black lines appear on the printed image.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the lines
(p136) .)
Replace the
possible parts one
by one.
Go to Step [3].
3
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
UNIT
normal?
5
connected?
harness correctly.
6
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
7
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P7 HORIZONTAL LINES APPEAR ON PRINTED PAGES
matter.
Symptom
Horizontal black lines appear on the printed image.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
FUSER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the lines
(p136) .)
Replace the
possible parts one
by one.
Go to Step [3].
3
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
Is there any dirt on the path?
Clean the paper
feed path.
Go to Step [5].
5
connected?
harness correctly.
6
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P8 IRREGULAR AREAS OF MISSING IMAGE APPEAR ON THE
PRINTED PAGE
matter.
Symptom
Some areas of the printed image are missing or
extremely faint. The symptom appears within a narrow
range.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
UNIT
normal?
5
connected?
harness correctly.
6
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)
7
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P9 TONER SMUDGES ACROSS THE PRINTED PAGES
matter.
Symptom
Solid black circles appear on the printed image.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
FUSER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the toner smudges
(p136) .)
Replace the
possible parts one
by one.
Go to Step [3].
3
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
Clean the paper
feed path.
Go to Step [5].
5
connected?
harness correctly.
6
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P10 "GHOST IMAGES" APPEAR ON THE PRINTED PAGE
matter.
Symptom
An image of the previous page or part of the currently
printing page laps over.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
Check of repeated printing
Did the symptom occur after printing same
image in large quantities?
Go to Step [2]. Go to Step [3].
2
Check the residual image
Print out 10 pages of various images.
Did any residual images appear?
(Advise the
customer not to
print same image
in large quantities
at a time.)
3
UNIT
Is the belt surface damaged?
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [4].
4
Check the cycle of the rollers
If the residual images appear at regular
intervals, does the interval match the cycle of
any rollers? (Refer to the table in 3.5.2 Cycle
of the Rollers (p136) .)
Replace the
possible parts one
by one.
Go to Step [5].
6
Check after replacing the PWBA MCU
Replace the PWBA MCU (p.343) and make a
BOARD ASSY,
MAIN. (p.337)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P11 PRINTED PAGES HAVE A DARK OR DIRTY BACKGROUND
the paper feed path for metal staples, paper clips, paper scraps, and other foreign matter.
Symptom
The entire page or part of the page is soiled with toner. It
appears as extremely light gray dirt.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
HVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [3].
3
Clean the paper
feed path.
Go to Step [4].
4
connected?
harness correctly.
5
print. Does the printing density get back to
normal?
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Confidential
FIP-P12 THE PRINTED IMAGE IS SKEWED
matter.
Symptom
Printed image is skewed.
Possible Parts
TRANSFER UNIT
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Retard Roll)
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
2
Installation state of the paper cassette and
papers
Reload the papers against the paper guide, and
run test print. Are images printed normally?
3
1. Are the rollers on the paper feed path not
soiled, damaged or worn?
2. Are those rollers installed correctly?
Go to Step [4]. Clean the roll or
replace it.
4
UNIT
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P13 PRINTED PAGE IS WRINKLED, FOLDED, OR TORN
matter.
Symptom
Printed page is wrinkled, folded, or torn.
Possible Parts
ROLL ASSY RETARD
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY FEED (Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Feed Roll/Nudger Roll)
ROLL ASSY FEED (OPT)/(Retard Roll)
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
FUSER UNIT
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
Step Check Yes No
1
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
2
Installation state of the paper cassette and
papers
Reload the papers against the paper guide, and
run test print. Are images printed normally?
3
Is there any dirt or foreign material on the path?
Clean the paper
feed path or
remove the
foreign material.
Go to Step [4].
4
1. Are the rollers on the paper feed path not
soiled, damaged or worn?
2. Are those rollers installed correctly?
Go to Step [5]. Clean the rollers
and reinstall them
correctly, or
replace them with
new ones.
5
UNIT
Replace the
TRANSFER
UNIT. (p.268)
Go to Step [6].
6
UNIT
7
Reinstall the FUSER UNIT and make a test
FUSER UNIT.
(p.298)
Step Check Yes No
Confidential
FIP-P14 TONER IS NOT FUSED TO THE PRINT MEDIA
matter.
FIP-P15 COLORS ARE DISPLACED
matter.
Symptom
The printed image is not sufficiently fixed to the paper.
If you touch or rub the printed images, the toner can be
easily removed.
Possible Parts
FUSER UNIT
PWBA MCU
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Step Check Yes No
1
C/K)
specified
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/
M/C/K). (p.271)
2
Check the paper
new standard
paper free from
moisture.
3
Reinstall the FUSER UNIT and make a test
4
Replace the FUSER UNIT (p.298) and make a
PWBA MCU.
(p.343)
Symptom
The printed Yellow or Black image does not accurately
overlap the Cyan or Magenta image, and is out of
position.
Possible Parts
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
PWBA MCU
Step Check Yes No
1
After turning the power OFF and ON, run test
BOARD ASSY,
MAIN. (p.337) or
the possible parts
one by one.
TROUBLESHOOTING Abnormal Noise-related Trouble 151
Confidential
3.6 Abnormal Noise-related Trouble
3.6.1 Abnormal Noise-related Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Check the operation table during printing, and check for foreign material and damage. (Refer to FIP-N3 (p 153)).
Check the operation table in the Standby mode, and check for foreign material and damage. (Refer to FIP-N2 (p 152)).
Check the operation table at power-on, and check for foreign material or damage. (Refer to FIP-N1 (p 152)).
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Do you hear abnormal noise in
Standby mode?
Do you hear abnormal noise during
printing?
Do you hear abnormal noise during
initialization after power-on?
Confidential
3.6.2 Abnormal Noise-related FIP
FIP-N1 AT POWER ON
Troubleshooting
FIP-N2 DURING STANDBY
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
FUSER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT
FEEDER ASSY DUP
Step Check Yes No
1
Is abnormal noise being
generated by the DRIVE ASSY
MAIN?
Reinstall the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. When the
trouble still occurs,
replace the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. (p.317)
Go to Step [2].
2
generated by the FUSER UNIT?
Reinstall the FUSER
UNIT.
When the trouble still
occurs, replace the
FUSER UNIT. (p.298)
Go to Step [3].
3
generated by the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)?
Reinstall the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). When the trouble still
occurs, replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). (p.271)
Go to Step [4].
Step Check Yes No
4
generated by the TRANSFER
UNIT?
Reinstall the
TRANSFER UNIT.
occurs, replace the
TRANSFER UNIT.
(p.268)
Go to Step [5].
5
generated by the FEEDER ASSY
DUP?
Reinstall the FEEDER
ASSY DUP. When the
replace the FEEDER
ASSY DUP. (p.349)
---
FAN MAIN LVPS
Step Check Yes No
1
generated by the FAN MAIN?
Reinstall the FAN
MAIN. When the trouble
still occurs, replace the
FAN MAIN. (p.327)
Go to Step [2].
2
generated by the LVPS?
Replace the LVPS.
(p.327)
---
Confidential
FIP-N3 DURING PRINTING
Troubleshooting
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
FUSER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT
DRIVE ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
FEEDER ASSY DUP
Step Check Yes No
1
MAIN?
Reinstall the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. When the
replace the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN. (p.317)
Go to Step [2].
2
generated by the FUSER UNIT?
Reinstall the FUSER
UNIT. When the trouble
still occurs, replace the
FUSER UNIT. (p.298)
Go to Step [3].
3
generated by the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/K)?
Reinstall the IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). When the trouble still
occurs, replace the
IMAGING
CARTRIDGE (Y/M/C/
K). (p.271)
Go to Step [4].
4
generated by the TRANSFER
UNIT?
Reinstall the
TRANSFER UNIT.
occurs, replace the
TRANSFER UNIT.
(p.268)
Go to Step [5].
5
PH?
Reinstall the DRIVE
ASSY PH. When the
replace the DRIVE
ASSY PH. (p.317)
Go to Step [6].
Step Check Yes No
6
OPT FDR?
Reinstall the DRIVE
ASSY OPT FDR. When
the trouble still occurs,
replace the DRIVE
ASSY OPT FDR. (p.370)
Go to Step [7].
7
generated by the FEEDER ASSY
DUP?
Reinstall the FEEDER
ASSY DUP. When the
replace the FEEDER
ASSY DUP. (p.349)
---
TROUBLESHOOTING Test Print 154
Confidential
3.7 Test Print
3.7.1 What is Test Print?
In order to check the engine operation, you can print a test pattern embedded in a
PWBA MCU without activating the controller. If no problem is found during printing
the pattern, the cause of the trouble may be on the main controller (BOARD ASSY,
MAIN) side.
3.7.2 How to Print
1. Remove the two SCREW KNURLINGs that secure the COVER OPTION to the
main unit, and remove the COVER OPTION. (See Figure 3-6 (p.154).)
2. Load papers in the standard lower paper cassette or in the MP tray, and turn the
power on. Cleaning cycle (process control) will start.
3. Confirm that Ready appears on the LCD panel after the cleaning cycle is
completed, short the unmounted circuit pattern R686 (just below CN601) on the
BOARD ASSY, MAIN with a blade of a flatblade mini screwdriver. See Figure
3-7 (p.154).
.
Figure 3-6. Removing COVER OPTION
Figure 3-7. BOARD ASSY, MAIN Short Circuit location
Never touch the energized or driving areas during the cleaning
cycle.
When performing the following step, do not short other circuit
patterns or terminations on the board.
SCREW
KNURLINGs
COVER OPTION
CN601 R686
TROUBLESHOOTING Test Print 155
Confidential
4. When the engine starts to print, detach the screwdriver from the circuit pattern.
A test pattern will be printed in single-sided print mode. (When a duplex unit is
installed, a test pattern will be printed in duplex print mode.)
5. To check the operation of continuous printing, keep the circuit pattern shorted for
a while.
6. Secure the COVER OPTION with the two screw knurlings. (See Figure 3-6
(p.154).)
Figure 3-8. PWBA MCU Short Circuit Location
Figure 3-9. Test Pattern
CHECK
POINT
Test print can also be performed by removing the BOARD ASSY,
MAIN and shorting out the unmounted circuit pattern TPRINT
(lower left of P10) on the PWBA MCU. See Figure 3-8 (p.155).
Test print will not be performed unless papers are loaded in the
standard lower paper cassette or in the MP tray.
Test print will not be performed if the engine is in an error
state.
P10 TPRINT
TROUBLESHOOTING Symptoms When Connectors are Disconnected 156
Confidential
3.8 Symptoms When Connectors are Disconnected
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Table 3-4. BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Connector
No.
Connected to Symptom
CN405 CONTROL PANEL The engine starts to operate after turning the power on,
however, nothing appears on the LCD panel.
CN411 USB Host (1.1) I/F Printer does not detect a USB device connected via USB
Host interface. The LCD panel shows Ready.
CN501 LVPS The engine starts to operate after turning the power on,
however, nothing appears on the LCD.
CN601 PWBA MCU Service Req C0998 occurs after turning the power on.
CN602 PWBA MCU The printer starts up when the power is turned on,
however, white or blank pages are printed.
CN501 CN601 CN602
CN411 CN405
Confidential
PWBA MCU
Table 3-5. PWBA MCU
Connector
No.
P10 BOARD ASSY, MAIN Service Req C0998 occurs after turning the
power on.
P11 BOARD ASSY, MAIN The printer starts up when the power is turned on,
however, white or blank pages are printed.
P12 ROS ASSY Service Req E100 occurs after turning the power
on.
P14 LVPS, LED ASSY Service Req C0998 occurs after turning the
power on.
P15 LVPS Printer Open occurs after turning the power on
though the cover assy front is closed.
P16 HVPS Service Req E610 occurs after turning the power
on.
P17 FUSER UNIT, LVPS Install Fuser occurs after turning the power on
though the FUSER UNIT is installed properly.
P18 DISPENSER ASSY C/M/Y/K The printer starts up normally, however, print
density becomes lower and lower in accordance with
the print volume.
P19 SENSOR ASSY C/M/Y/K Install CMYK TnrCart occurs after turning the
power on though the imaging cartridges are installed
properly.
P21 MAIN MOTOR Service Req E500 occurs after turning the power
on.
P22 SUB MOTOR
DEVE MOTOR
Service Req E500 occurs after turning the power
on.
P23 SWICTH ASSY SIZE
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
SOLENOID FEED MSI
CST NO PAPER SENSOR
REGI SENSOR
Paper Out occurs when trying to print though
paper are loaded.
P24 PWBA OHP SENSOR
PWBA OHP LED
on.
P25 DRIVE ASSY PH Service Req E500 occurs after turning the power
on.
P26 SENSOR HUM Service Req E610 occurs after turning the power
on.
P27 PWBA FEED-H
MSI NO PAPER SENSOR
PWBA EEPROM
EXIT CLUTCH
TRANSFER UNIT
PWBA DUP
on.
P31 CRUM SENSOR C/M/Y/K TonerCart Error occurs after turning the power
on.
Table 3-5. PWBA MCU
Connector
No.
P10
P11
P14 P19
P15
P18
P22
P21
P25
P23
P17 P16 P12
P27 P26 P24 P31
Confidential
3.8.1 Reliability
This section describes the product specification values concerning paper feeding.
Use them as a guideline when fixing paper feed problems.
JAM / MULTI-FEED RATE
unit: pages or less
Note 1: Environmental conditions: See Environmental conditions (operating) (p.15).
2: Paper size: Standard size
3: Conditions of paper: Freshly unpacked paper
4: Standard lower paper cassette does not support special media.
5: Multi-feed rate: Conditions when adding new papers onto the remaining papers in the
tray or the cassette are not considered.
PRINT START POSITION ACCURACY
SKEW
Note : Measurement reference (length): A4/single-sided printing/duplex printing
Main scanning direction: 180 mm
Sub scanning direction: 140 mm
CURL AMOUNT ON OUTPUT PAPER
Jam Rate
Multi-feed Rate
Single-sided
Printing
Duplex Printing
Standard paper
MP tray 1/3000 1/1800 1/1500
Standard lower
paper cassette
1/5000 1/3000 1/2500
Plain paper
MP tray 1/2000 1/1200 1/1000
Standard lower
paper cassette
1/3000 1/1800 1/1500
Special media
MP tray 1/100 --- 1/50
Standard lower
paper cassette
--- --- ---
Reference Point Single-sided Printing Duplex Printing
Main scanning direction (c) 2.5 mm 2.5 mm
Sub scanning direction (a) 2.0 mm 2.0 mm
A4 Single-sided Printing Duplex Printing
Main scanning direction (|a-b|) 1.1 mm 1.1 mm
Sub scanning direction (|c-d|) 1.0 mm 1.0 mm
Paper Type Paper Curl
Standard paper
Plain paper
15 mm or less
Other special media Not defined
Printable Area
a b
c
d
e
f
Confidential
CHAP T E R
4
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Preliminary Check 160
Confidential
4.1 Preliminary Check
4.1.1 Required Tools
Special tools are not required for maintenance of the equipment.
4.1.2 Prohibited Disassembly
Disassembling the parts described below is strictly prohibited.
If not observed, it causes failure or malfunction of the printer.
Consumable products/Periodic replacement parts/ASP
Do not disassemble consumable products, periodic replacement parts, or units
provided as single service parts should not be disassembled.
e.g.)
FUSER UNIT
TRANSFER UNIT
ROS ASSY
Disassembly not explained in this manual
Do not perform any disassembly not explained in this manual.
Especially the screws that secure the main unit frame must not be removed or
loosened as they are precisely adjusted at factory.
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Major Reassembly Unit 161
Confidential
4.2 Major Reassembly Unit
The figures below show the location of the major parts and units of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D.
Disassembly procedures of these parts and units are explained in the pages that follow.
COVER SIDE R (p.182) COVER ASSY MSI (p.187)
COVER EXTENSION 1 (p.179)
COVER REAR (p.179)
COVER CST 550 (p.187) SWITCH POWER (p.337)
COVER TOP (p.182) COVER ASSY FRONT (p.192)
CONTROL PANEL (p.192)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Major Reassembly Unit 162
Confidential
FEEDER ASSY DUP (p.349)
CHUTE DUP GATE (p.298)
FUSER UNIT (p.298)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
(K), (C), (M), (Y) (p.271)
TRANSFER UNIT (p.268)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly Flowchart 163
Confidential
4.3 Disassembly Flowchart
COVER 1
A
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.183)
Shows the step necessary for removing the next part.
Shows the action to be performed.
Shows the part to be removed.
Open the COVER
ASSY FRONT (p.183)
COVER REAR
(p.184)
COVER SIDE L
(p.184)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.185)
COVER SIDE R
(p.185)
FUSER UNIT (p.186)
COVER TOP (p.186)
COVER SIDE R
(p.185)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.185)
CONTROL PANEL
(p.196)
CHUTE ASSY
EXIT OUT (p.195)
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.194)
COVER REAR
(p.180)
Remove the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 IOT (p.188)
COVER CST 550
(p.189)
FEEDER ASSY DUP
(p.196)
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT (p.197)
KIT TRAY ASSY MSI
SEC (p.190)
COVER ASSY MSI
(p.189)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.181)
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2 (p.180)
START
Confidential
COVER 2
A
KIT COVER ASSY
FRONT SEC (p.205)
CONTROL PANEL
(p.201)
COVER ASSY FRONT
(p.200)
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER (p.203)
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT (p.206)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
(p.204)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.198)
COVER REAR
(p.198)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.199)
COVER SIDE R
(p.199)
CONTROL PANEL
(p.206)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
(p.207)
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER (p.209)
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT (p.208)
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT (p.202)
Confidential
PAPER CASSETTE
START
Remove the
CASSETTE ASSY
550 IOT (p.212)
GUIDE ASSY SIDE
R 550 A4
GUIDE ASSY SIDE
L 550 A4
(p.213)
PLATE ASSY
BTM A4 (p.214)
HANDLE CST
(p.219)
COVER FRONT
MSI (p.220)
HOLDER ASSY
RETARD MSI (p.215)
ROLL ASSY
RETARD (p.216)
PLATE ASSY
BOTTOM (p.216)
ACTUATOR NO
PAPER MSI (p.218)
KIT ROLL ASSY
FEED SEC
(RETARD) (p.219)
GUIDE ASSY CST
END 550 (p.215)
Confidential
PAPER FEEDER 1
B
START
Remove the
CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
(p.222)
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.222)
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
(p.224)
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
(p.225)
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.223)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.229)
COVER REAR
(p.229)
SENSOR PHOTO: MSI
NO PAPER (p.224)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.230)
COVER SIDE R
(p.230)
DRIVE ASSY PH
(p.231)
SOLENOID FEED MSI
(p.239)
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.234)
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
(p.233)
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
(p.236)
ROLL ASSY MSI
(p.235)
Confidential
PAPER FEEDER 2
B
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.234)
ROLL ASSY MSI
(p.235)
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
(p.236)
FEEDER ASSY
(p.236)
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
(p.264)
ROLL ASSY TURN
(p.264)
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B
(p.265)
SENSOR PHOTO: REGI
(p.266)
PWBA OHP LED
(p.267)
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
(p.238)
SENSOR PHOTO: CST
NO PAPER (p.251)
ACTUATOR NO
PAPER A4 (p.251)
PWBA OHP SNR (p.252)
Confidential
TRANSFER
START
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.269)
TRANSFER UNIT
(p.269)
Confidential
XEROGRAPHICS
START
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (p.282)
FUSER UNIT (p.282)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE Y, M, C, K
(p.283)
COVER REAR (p.283)
COVER SIDE L (p.284)
COVER SIDE I/F (p.284)
COVER SIDE R (p.285)
COVER TOP (p.285)
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK (p.286)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN (p.287)
SENSOR ASSY CRU K (p.288)
SENSOR ASSY CRU C, M, Y (p.289)
CONNECTOR CRUM (p.289)
FAN MAIN (p.290)
SHIELD ASSY ESS (p.290)
LVPS (p.292)
ROS ASSY (p.293)
SENSOR PHOTO: TONER
CARTRIDGE (p.297)
HOUSING ASSY B (p.296)
LED ASSY (p.295)
HVPS (p.294)
DISPENSER ASSY Y, M, C, K (p.275) LED ASSY (p.279)
COVER REAR (p.274)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE Y, M, C, K
(p.273)
SENSOR ASSY CRU C, M, Y (p.278)
VISOR ASSY LABEL / LEVER VISOR CRU
LEVER VISOR CRU L / SPRING VISOR CRU (p.276)
Confidential
FUSER & EXIT
START
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
(p.299)
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.299)
FUSER UNIT
(p.300)
CHUTE DUP GATE
(p.300)
Confidential
FRAME
START
Remove the CASSETTE
COVER CST 550
(p.303)
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.303)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.304)
COVER REAR
(p.304)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.305)
COVER SIDE R
(p.305)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
(p.306)
GUIDE TRAY R 550
(p.306)
COVER SIDE L
(p.307)
GUIDE ASSY L 550
(p.308)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
(p.306)
COVER SIDE R
(p.305)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.305)
COVER REAR
(p.304)
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.303)
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.310)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.304)
FUSER UNIT
(p.311)
HOLDER ASSY
WHEEL STAR (p.311)
COVER REAR
(p.312)
COVER SIDE L
(p.313)
LINK L
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
LEVER RELEASE (p.313)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.314)
COVER SIDE R
(p.315)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.312)
LINK R
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R
LEVER RELEASE (p.315)
Confidential
DRIVE
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT
(p.318)
START
FUSER UNIT
(p.319)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE C, M, Y, K
(p.319)
COVER REAR (p.320)
COVER TOP (p.324)
(p.325)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
(p.325)
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH (p.322)
COVER REAR (p.320)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE C, M, Y, K
(p.319)
Open the COVER ASSY FRONT (p.318)
Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT
(p.318)
Confidential
ELECTRICAL
START
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.328)
FUSER UNIT
(p.329)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.329)
COVER REAR
(p.330)
COVER SIDE L
(p.330)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.331)
COVER SIDE R
(p.331)
COVER TOP
(p.332)
FAN MAIN (p.333)
LVPS (p.334)
HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK (p.332)
SENSOR HUM
(p.348)
PWBA MCU (p.348)
SHIELD ASSY ESS
(p.347)
PWBA EEPROM XPRO
(XPRO) (p.340)
COVER SIDE R
(p.340)
COVER SIDE I/F
(p.339)
COVER REAR
(p.339)
COVER SIDE L
(p.330)
PWBA USB (p.341)
SWITCH POWER
(p.341)
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
(p.342)
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
C, M, Y, K (p.338)
HARNESS ASSY
INLET (p.336)
Confidential
DUPLEX
START
Open the COVER ASSY
FRONT (p.351)
TRANSFER UNIT (p.351)
FEEDER ASSY DUP (p.352)
COVER PWBA DUP (p.353)
FAN DUP (p.356)
MOTOR ASSY DUP (p.357)
ROLL ASSY DUP-2 (p.357)
SENSOR PHOTO: DUP, J AM
(p.354)
ACTUATOR DUP (p.353) CLUTCH DUP (p.355)
ROLL ASSY DUP-1 (p.355)
PWBA DUP-H (p.354) MOTOR ASSY DUP (p.357)
Confidential
550 OPTION FEEDER 1
C
START
Remove the CASSETTE
COVER CST 550 (p.359)
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
(p.360)
COVER RIGHT (p.361)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
(p.361)
GUIDE TRAY R 550
(p.362)
550 OPTION FEEDER
(p.362)
COVER LEFT (p.363)
GUIDE ASSY 550 L
(p.363)
COVER LEFT (p.365)
COVER RIGHT (p.366)
(p.366)
(p.367)
FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT
(p.367)
ROLL ASSY TURN
(p.368)
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO
PAPER (p.369)
ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
(p.369)
Remove the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 OPT (p.360)
Remove the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 OPT (p.365)
Confidential
550 OPTION FEEDER 2
C
(p.372)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
OPT (p.373)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
(p.373)
COVER RIGHT (p.372)
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
(p.379)
GUIDE ASSY CST
END 550 (p.379)
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
(p.380)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
(p.374)
PWBA FEED-H (p.374)
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4
GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4
(p.377)
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
(p.378)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
OPT (p.373)
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
SEC (RETARD) (p.380)
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY Disassembly/Reassembly 177
Confidential
4.4 Disassembly/Reassembly
4.4.1 How to Read this Chapter
PAGE CONFIGURATION
Opening page Main page
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision A
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY 174
4.4 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
4.4.1 COVER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Table 4-1. List of Disassembled Parts
Name Guide
COVER REAR
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER SIDE IF
A
B
C
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE IF
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
Name/Gui de
Lists part names in Name column, whose
disassembly procedures are described in the
section. Refer to alphabets in Guide column
to disassemble each part.
Loc at i on
Shows locations of each
part.
Sec t i on Ti t l e
Shows title of the section.
COVER REAR
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER REAR to the main unit.
2. Remove the COVER REAR from the main unit.
A
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
1. Open the COVER EXTENSION 1.
2. With the center of the COVER EXTENSION 1 bowed a little, pull out the protrusion on one side of
the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the hole in the COVER TOP.
3. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the COVER TOP,
and remove the COVER EXTENSION 1.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03007EA
2)-1
2)-2
3)
COVER EXTENSION 1
Gui de
Guide to indicate the procedual steps.
Pr oc edur e
Shows disassembly procedure.
Reassemble parts in the reverse
order of their removal.
Nex t
Procedure continues
on the next page.
Par t Name
Shows part to be disassembled or
operation to be performed in the column.
Confidential
PROCEDURE
1) Locate the part you want to remove in the table.
2) Check the guide of the part.
For example: If you want to remove the ROS ASSY, the guide is B.
3) Go to main pages, find the column(s) that has the foregoing guide on the
upper left corner, and perform the operation described in the column(s).
For example: To remove the ROS ASSY, you need to remove all the parts
or components that have B on the upper left column in
ascending page order.
4) Remove the objective part.
4.4.13 XEROGRAPHICS (PART 2)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
Name Guide
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
CONNECTOR CRUM
ROS ASSY
HVPS
HOUSING ASSY B
SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE
A
B
C
D
Locate the part and
find its guide.
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Perform the operation in
the column with B on
the corner.
5. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the LVPS to the SHIELD LVPS.
6. Remove the LVPS from the SHIELD LVPS.
Kmy03066EA
5)
5)
5)
5)
5) 5)
6) LVPS
ROS ASSY
1. Disconnect connector of the ROS ASSY(P/J12) on the PWBAMCU.
2. Remove the CORE TC-18-10-10 from the harness of the ROS ASSY, and pull out the connector
through the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03032EA
1)
2)-1
2)-2
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER REAR
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER SIDE IF
A
B
C
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE IF
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
Confidential
COVER REAR
A
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER EXTENSION 1
COVER EXTENSION 2
the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the hole in the COVER TOP.
3. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 1 through the COVER TOP,
and remove the COVER EXTENSION 1.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03007EA
2)-1
2)-2
3)
COVER EXTENSION 1
Confidential
the COVER EXTENSION 2 through the hole in the COVER EXTENSION 1.
6. Pull out the protrusion on the other side of the COVER EXTENSION 2 through the COVER
EXTENSION 1, and remove the COVER EXTENSION 2.
Kmy03082EA
5)-1
5)-2
6)
COVER EXTENSION 2
COVER SIDE IF
1. Release the two tabs on the COVER SIDE IF, and remove the COVER SIDE IF.
C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER SIDE L
COVER TOP
COVER SIDE R
A
B
COVER SIDE L
COVER TOP
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
1. Press the latch on the COVER ASSY FRONT and open the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A B
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
CHECK
POINT
There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the same manner.
Do not place the IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or
fluorescent lamp.
1. Hold the levers on the left and right sides of the IMAGING CARTRIDGE, and remove the
IMAGING CARTRIDGE by pulling it out slowly toward you.
A B
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A B
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE L
As the FUSER UNIT remains at hazardous temperature after turning the power off, be
careful not to burn yourself.
1. Release the lock on the left side of the FUSER UNIT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE L to the main unit.
3. Pull the COVER SIDE L so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE L, and
remove the COVER SIDE L from the main unit.
A
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
1. Release the lock on the right side of the FUSER UNIT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER SIDE R to the main unit.
3. Pull the COVER SIDE R so that it comes free from the two protrusions of the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the back side and the two tabs on the front side of the COVER SIDE R, and
remove the COVER SIDE R fromthe main unit.
A B
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
FUSER UNIT
Be careful not to burn yourself as the FUSER section remains at high temperature after
turning the power off.
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE.
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the arrow,
and unlock the lock.
3. Slide the FUSER UNIT toward front of the printer, release the connector and the guide pin from the
main unit, and remove the FUSER UNIT by lifting it straight up.
A
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
COVER TOP
1. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping,
10 mm) that secure the COVER TOP to the main unit.
2. Pull the tabs of the COVER TOP outward so that it comes free from the two protrusion of the main unit.
3. Raise the COVER TOP to disengage the protrusion on the left side of the COVER TOP through the
hole in the main unit, and remove the COVER TOP.
A
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)-1
1)
3)-2
COVER TOP
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER ASSY MSI
COVER CST 550
KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC
(LINK ASSY MSI L/TRAY ASSY MSI BASE/
LINK ASSY MSI R/TRAY MSI)
A
B
C
COVER ASSY MSI
COVER CST 550
Confidential
LINK ASSY MSI L
LINK ASSY MSI R TRAY ASSY MSI BASE
TRAY MSI
1. Pull the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT out.
A B C
Confidential
COVER ASSY MSI
1. Open the COVER ASSY MSI.
Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY MSI.
2. Release the tabs on the PIN PIVOT MSIs that secure the LINK ASSY MSI, which is on the left and
right ends of the COVER ASSY MSI, to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PIN PIVOT
MSIs inward.
3. Release the tabs of the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs that secure the COVER ASSY MSI to the main unit,
and pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs inward.
When installing the LINK ASSY MSI R, place the LEVER MSI 1 on top of the LINK ASSY
MSI R.
4. Remove the COVER ASSY MSI from the main unit.
A
Kmy03014EA
2)-1
3)-1
3)-2
4)
2)-1
2)-2
2)-2
3)-1
3)-2
LEVER MSI 1
COVER ASSY MSI
COVER CST 550
1. Pull the COVER CST 550 toward you as far as it will go.
2. With the center of the COVER CST 550 bowed a little, release the two tabs, and remove the COVER
CST 550 fromthe main unit.
B
Kmy03004EA
2)-1
2)-2
COVER CST 550
Confidential
KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC
Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY MSI.
2. Release the tabs on the PIN PIVOT MSIs that secure the LINK ASSY MSI, which is on the left and
right ends of the COVER ASSY MSI, to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PIN PIVOT
MSIs inward.
When installing the LINK ASSY MSI R, place the LEVER MSI 1 on top of the LINK ASSY
MSI R.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03015EA
2)-1
1)
2)-1
2)-2
LEVER MSI 1
2)-2
3. Rotate the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY MSI R so that the cutouts of their shafts match
the protrusions of the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE, and remove the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK
ASSY MSI R.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY
MSI R.
Make sure that the pad attaching parts of the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY
MSI R are on the downside.
Do not switch the LINK ASSY MSI L and the LINK ASSY MSI R.
4. While pulling the edges of the COVER MSI outward, remove the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE together
with the TRAY MSI.
When installing the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE and the TRAY MSI, be sure to insert their
shaft into the correct position.
NEXT>>
Kmy03016EA
3)-1
3)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
3)-2
3)-2
LINK ASSY MSI R
LINK ASSY MSI L
Confidential
5. Turn over the TRAY ASSY MSI BASE and the TRAY MSI, and remove the SPRING TRAY.
6. Remove the TRAY MSI fromthe TRAY ASSY MSI BASE.
Kmy03017EA
5)
6)
5)
TRAY ASSY MSI BASE
TRAY MSI
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
CONTROL PANEL
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
COVER ASSY FRONT
KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
A
B
C
D
E
CONTROL
PANEL
SPRING LATCH PLATE LATCH
LATCH FRONT
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
KIT COVER ASSY
FRONT SEC
)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D E
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
TRANSFER UNIT
Do not touch or damage the BELT section of the TRANSFER UNIT.
1. Pull the levers on the left and right side of the TRANSFER UNIT to unlock the lock, and raise the
TRANSFER UNIT straight up to 90.
NEXT>>
A B C D E
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Confidential
2. Disengage the guide pin on the right side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the cutout of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, remove the guide pin on the left side of the TRANSFER UNIT fromthe hole on the
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the TRANSFER UNIT.
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
OUT to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A
Kmy03045EA
1)
1)
2)
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
Confidential
CONTROL PANEL
Be careful not to drop or damage the CONTROL PANEL.
Be sure not to remove the CONTROL PANEL from the COVER FRONT ASSY too far
as they are connected with a harness.
1. Release the two tabs on the CONTROL PANEL, and remove the CONTROL PANEL fromthe
COVER FRONT ASSY.
2. Disconnect the CONTROL PANEL connector (CN1) and the HARNESS ASSY-CON F terminal.
A
Kmy03013EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
2)
CONTROL PANEL
FEEDER ASSY DUP
1. Pull the lever of the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and raise the FEEDER ASSY DUP straight up.
2. Pull out the two guide pins on the down side of the FEEDER ASSY DUP through the hole on the
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
B C D E
Kmy03075EA
1)-1
1)-2
2)
FEEDER ASSY DUP
Confidential
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
Confirm if the PLATE LATCH moves smoothly by pressing the BUTTON TOP.
1. Remove the SPRING LATCH from the tabs of the PLATE LATCH and the COVER FRONT ASSY.
Install the SPRING LATCH as shown in figure-A.
2. Remove the screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the two LATCH FRONTs to
the COVER FRONT ASSY.
3. Slide the PLATE LATCH and the LATCH FRONT in the direction of the arrow, and remove them
fromthe COVER FRONT ASSY.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03011EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
Figure-A
SPRING LATCH
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the
PLATE LATCH.
Kmy03012EB
4)-2
4)-2
4)-1
4)-1
LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT
PLATE LATCH
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
C D E
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
C D E
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
C D E
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
C D E
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT to check if the harnesses routed through the
DUCT DRV PH are under no-load conditions.
1. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the ground wire, which is coming out of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, to the main unit.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the harness and the connector (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the
HARNESS ASSY-CON F. (The harnesses are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT.)
When performing the next step, be sure not to release the wire and harnesses from the DUCT
DRV PH near the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A).
Make sure that the protective tubes of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are
damaged, replace them with new ones.
NEXT>>
C
A
Kmy03009EC
Gap
Gap
HARNESS ASSY
FRONT COVER (Black)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
HARNESS
ASSY-CON F
(White)
Figure-B
Ground
Wire (Green)
When performing the next step, be sure not to release the wire and harnesses from the DUCT
DRV PH near the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A).
Make sure that the protective tubes of the harnesses are not damaged. If they are damaged,
replace them with new ones.
3. Release the ground wire, harness, and HARNESS ASSY-CON F, which are coming out of the
COVER ASSY FRONT, fromthe DUCT DRV PH keeping them remain in it near the COVER
ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A).
Make sure that the ground wire (green), HARNESS ASSY-CON F (white), and HARNESS
ASSY FRONT COVER (black), which are coming out of the COVER ASSY FRONT, are
routed as shown in figure-B.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J 236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
5. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI and the HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP from the
DUCT DRV PH.
6. Release the tab of the DUCT DRV PH, and remove the DUCT DRV PH together with the harness
fromthe DRIVE ASSY PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03087EA
6)-2
6)-1
Confidential
Be careful not to drop or damage the COVER ASSY FRONT.
8. Release the two tabs of the SHAFT PIVOTs on both sides of the COVER ASSY FRONT, hold the
COVER ASSY FRONT, and pull the SHAFT PIVOTs outward to remove the COVER ASSY
FRONT from the LINK L and the LINK R.
9. Release the two tabs of the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs that secure the COVER ASSY FRONT and the
COVER ASSY MSI to the main unit, and pull out the SHAFT PIVOT MSIs inward.
10. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT together with the COVER ASSY MSI.
11. Remove the COVER ASSY MSI from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
Kmy03010EB
9)-2
8)-2
8)-2 8)-3
8)-3
7)
10)
9)-1
8)-1
8)-1
9)-2
9)-1
COVER ASSY
FRONT
CONTROL PANEL
COVER FRONT ASSY.
C
Kmy03013EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
2)
CONTROL PANEL
Confidential
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
fromthe COVER FRONT ASSY.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03011EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
Figure-A
SPRING LATCH
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs from the
PLATE LATCH.
Kmy03012EB
4)-2
4)-2
4)-1
4)-1
LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT
PLATE LATCH
Confidential
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J272) of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the DUCT DRV PH.
routed as shown in figure-C.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the terminal of the HARNESS ASSY
DRAWER EARTH to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03089EA
Ground Wire
(Green)
1)
2)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White)
Gap
Gap
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Figure-C
4. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J 2721) that connect the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
to the TRANSFER UNIT, and remove the connector (P/J 2721) together with the HOLDER
DRAWER and the SHIELD DRAWER fromthe COVER ASSY FRONT.
5. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J 2721), and remove the HOLDER DRAWER together with
the SHIELD DRAWER fromthe connector (P/J 2721).
6. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER together with the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>
A
B
Kmy03090EA
6)
6)
6)
7)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
5)-1
5)-2
5)-1
4)-2
6)
Confidential
Route the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (black) under the HARNESS ASSY-CON
F (white) in the section indicated with A.
The part of the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC indicated with B should be placed
inside of the metal plate of the COVER ASSY FRONT.
8. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the two tabs of the KIT COVER
ASSY HARN SEC.
Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER so that there is no slack.
to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER fromthe KIT
COVER ASSY HARN SEC.
Kmy03091EA
8)
9)-1
9)-1
9)-2
8)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the HARNESS ASSY-CON F (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY-CON F fromthe DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03092EA
Figure-C HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White)
Gap
Gap
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Ground Wire
(Green)
1)
2)
Confidential
Do not separate the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT too
far as they are connected with the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER.
4. Remove the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A
B
Kmy03093EA
3)
3)
3)
4)
5)
3)
HARNESS
ASSY-CON F
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
EARTH2 to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER EARTH2 from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
3. Release the two tabs that secure the BUTTON TOP to the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the
BUTTON TOP and the KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC.
C
Kmy03088EA
1)
2)
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
Confidential
CONTROL PANEL
COVER FRONT ASSY.
D
Kmy03013EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
2)
CONTROL PANEL
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
from the COVER FRONT ASSY.
NEXT>>
D
Kmy03011EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
Figure-A
SPRING LATCH
Confidential
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs fromthe
PLATE LATCH.
Kmy03012EB
4)-2
4)-2
4)-1
4)-1
LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT
PLATE LATCH
HARNESS ASSY-CON F
1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J OP2, P/J OP3) of the HARNESS ASSY-CON F (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY-CON F fromthe DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
D
Kmy03092EA
Figure-C HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White)
Gap
Gap
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Ground Wire
(Green)
1)
2)
Confidential
Do not separate the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT too
far as they are connected with the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER.
4. Remove the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY-CON F from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A
B
Kmy03093EA
3)
3)
3)
4)
5)
3)
HARNESS
ASSY-CON F
PLATE LATCH
SPRING LATCH
LATCH FRONT
from the COVER FRONT ASSY.
NEXT>>
E
Kmy03011EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
Figure-A
SPRING LATCH
Confidential
4. Hold down the tabs to release the LATCH FRONTs, and remove the LATCH FRONTs fromthe
PLATE LATCH.
Kmy03012EB
4)-2
4)-2
4)-1
4)-1
LATCH FRONT
LATCH FRONT
PLATE LATCH
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 272) of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER (main unit side).
2. Release the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER fromthe DUCT DRV PH.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the terminal of the HARNESS ASSY
DRAWER EARTH to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>
E
Kmy03089EA
Ground Wire
(Green)
1)
2)
HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White)
Gap
Gap
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Figure-C
Confidential
to the TRANSFER UNIT, and remove the connector (P/J 2721) together with the HOLDER
DRAWER and the SHIELD DRAWER from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
5. Release the two tabs of the connector (P/J 2721), and remove the HOLDER DRAWER together with
the SHIELD DRAWER fromthe connector (P/J 2721).
7. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER together with the KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
fromthe COVER ASSY FRONT.
NEXT>>
A
B
Kmy03090EA
6)
6)
6)
7)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
5)-1
5)-2
5)-1
4)-2
6)
8. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER from the two tabs of the KIT COVER
ASSY HARN SEC.
Route the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER so that there is no slack.
to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER fromthe KIT
COVER ASSY HARN SEC.
Kmy03091EA
8)
9)-1
9)-1
9)-2
8)
Confidential
4.4.6 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
GUIDE ASSY CST END 550
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI
ROLL ASSY RETARD
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
A
B
C
D
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
Confidential
ROLL ASSY RETARD
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
A B C D
Confidential
1. Release the tabs that secure the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the
GEAR PINION.
Before securing the GEAR PINION with a tab, move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and
the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward as far as they will go and match their phases.
2. Slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03208EA
2)
1)-1
1)-2
3. Pinch the tab of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 to slide the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 inward.
4. Move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward.
5. While holding down the two tabs that secure the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 to the HOUSING
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs on the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 fromthe cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4.
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs on the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 fromthe cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4.
Kmy03209EA
6) GUIDE ASSY SIDE L
:Tab
3)-1
3)-2
4)
5)
GUIDE ASSY
SIDE R
GUIDE ASSY
SIDE L 550 A4
GUIDE ASSY
SIDE R 550 A4
Confidential
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the right PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to
the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT, release the two tabs with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and
remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550.
Before performing reassembly, slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock
and bring up the PLATE ASSY BTM4 as far as it will go by pressing the LEVER BTM
LOCK.
2. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the left PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT, release the two tabs, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550.
3. Release the tab on the GEAR PB R, and remove it from the SHAFT PB A4.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03206EA
2)
3)-2
3)-1
1)
4. Pull out the SHAFT PB A4 fromthe PLATE ASSY BTM A4 in the direction of the arrow, and
remove the STOPPER PB and the GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
5. Release the two protrusions of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 from the tabs on the HOUSING BASE
RE 550, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
Kmy03207EA
4)-1
4)-2
4)-3
5)
5)
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
Confidential
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END
550 fromthe back side of the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT.
2. Pinch the tab that secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY CST
END 550.
B
Kmy03210EA
1)
2)-1
2)-2
1. Pressing down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM slightly, pinch the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI as
shown in the figure to release the two tabs, and remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI fromthe
HOUSING BASE FR 550.
C
Kmy03200EA
1)-2
1)-1
1)-2
Confidential
v
ROLL ASSY RETARD
1. Remove the SPRING RETARD that is attached to the HOLDER RETARD MSI.
2. With the BEARING RETARD R, L attached to the ROLL ASSY RETARD, remove the BEARING
RETARD R, L from the groove of the HOLDER RETARD MSI.
3. Remove the BEARING RETARD R, L from the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
C
Kmy03201EA
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)
ROLL ASSY RETARD
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
1. Remove the SPRING NF MSI hitched on the ARM L, R.
2. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER ASSY MSI L to the PLATE ASSY
BOTTOM, and remove the HOLDER ASSY MSI L.
3. While lifting up the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM from the
HOUSING BASE FR 550.
D
Kmy03202EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
3)-1
3)-2
1)
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
Confidential
4.4.7 PAPER CASSETTE (PART 2)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD)
HANDLE CST
COVER FRONT MSI
A
B
C
HANDLE CST
ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI COVER FRONT MSI
Confidential
A B C
ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI
1. Pinch the ACTUATOR ASSY MSI as shown in the figure to release the tabs, and remove the
ACTUATOR ASSY MSI fromthe HANDLE CST.
Install the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI so that it is inserted into the hole of the PLATE
ASSY BOTTOM.
2. Release the SPRING NO PAPER fromthe HOLDER ACTUATOR.
3. Expand the left and right edges of the HOLDER ACTUATOR as shown in the figure, pull out the
shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI together
with the SPRING NO PAPER.
4. Remove the SPRING NO PAPER fromthe shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B on the ACTUATOR A, B, and CHUTE
REGI securely.
A
Kmy03205EA
1)
2)
4)
3)
3)
ACTUATOR NO
PAPER MSI
Confidential
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC consists of three rollers; one is installed in the CASSETTE
ASSY 550 IOT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
replacing these rollers, be sure to replace them at one time.
1. Release the tabs on the left and right ends of the COVER RTD CST, and open the COVER RTD CST.
2. Release the tab on the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (RETARD), and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY
FEED SEC (RETARD) from the SHAFT RETARD.
B
Kmy03018EA
1)-1
1)-1
2)-1
2)-2
1)-2
HANDLE CST
1. Turn the CASSETTE ASSY 550 IOT over, release the two protrusions with a mini screwdriver or a
similar tool, and remove the HANDLE CST.
Install the HANDLE CST so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI is inserted into the
hole of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM.
C
Kmy03204EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
1)-2
HANDLE CST
Confidential
COVER FRONT MSI
1. While lifting up the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI, pull out the shaft on both ends of the COVER
FRONT MSI from the HANDLE CST, and remove the COVER FRONT MSI.
Install the COVER FRONT MSI so that the ACTUATOR NO PAPER MSI is placed on the
COVER FRONT MSI.
C
Kmy03203EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-2
COVER FRONT MSI
Confidential
4.4.8 PAPER FEEDER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (FEED, NUDGER)
A
B
C
SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
Confidential
A B C
COVER ASSY FRONT
A
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER
1. Release the tab of the COVER SNR.
2. Turn the upper side of the COVER SNR in the direction of the arrow, release the rib on the upper
right of the COVER SNR from the CHUTE MSI, and remove the COVER SNR.
3. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER to the CHUTE MSI, and
remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J2751) of the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER.
A
Kmy03023EA
3)-2
4)
1)
2)-1
2)-2
3)-1
SENSOR PHOTO:
MSI NO PAPER
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
1. Release the tab on the ROLL CORE MSI located on the right side of the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI,
and slide the ROLL CORE MSI in the direction of the arrow.
2. Slide the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI in the direction of the arrow so that it comes free fromthe vertical
thole attached to the SHAFT MSI.
3. Rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI 180 and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI from the SHAFT
MSI.
B
Kmy03022EA
1)-1
2)
3)
1)-2
ROLL ASSY FEED MSI
Confidential
ASSY 550 IOT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
1. Release the tabs of the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SECs (FEED, NUDGER) and remove the KIT
ROLL ASSY FEED SECs (FEED, NUDGER) fromthe shafts.
C
Kmy03029EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
1)-2
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC (NUDGER)
KIT ROLL ASSY
FEED SEC (FEED)
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
FEEDER ASSY
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
ROLL ASSY MSI
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
SOLENOID FEED MSI
A
B
C
D
SOLENOID FEED MSI
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Confidential
ROLL ASSY MSI
FEEDER ASSY
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
Confidential
A B C D
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
Do not place IMAGING CARTRIDGE in areas exposed to direct sunlight or fluorescent
lamp.
A B C D
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
A B C D
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B C D
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
A B C D
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
1. Remove the SPRING FEED MSI from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the SPRING FEED MSI.
Make sure that the oval figure side of the SPRING FEED MSI is hitched on GEAR MSI.
2. Release the tab on the GEAR MSI and remove the GEAR MSI from the SHAFT MSI.
For easier operation, make the D-cut surface of the SHAFT MSI face upward.
NEXT>>
A C
Kmy03019EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
3. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the ground wire coming out of the COVER ASSY
FRONT to the main unit.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J 272) of the harness and the connector (P/J OP02, P/J OP03) of the
When performing the next step, make sure not to release the wire and harnesses near
the COVER ASSY FRONT (to the left of the dotted line indicated with A) from the
DUCT DRV PH.
5. Release the ground wire, harness, HARNESS ASSY-CON F, which are coming out of the COVER
ASSY FRONT, from the DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03094EA
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Figure-B HARNESS ASSY-CON F (White)
Gap
Gap
Ground Wire
(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Confidential
6. Disconnect the connector (P/J236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
7. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI and the HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP fromthe
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03060EB
8)-2
8)-1
9. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the main
unit.
Do not pull the DRIVE ASSY PH too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
harness.
10. Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH fromthe main unit.
The harness connected to the DEVE MOTOR of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN should pass the
far side of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.
11. Disconnect the connector (P/J 251) of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03061EB
9)
9)
10)
11)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY PH
Confidential
12. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the KIT MOT ASSY PH to the KIT GEAR
ASSY PH.
13. Remove the KIT MOT ASSY PH fromthe KIT GEAR ASSY PH.
Kmy03086EB
12)
12)
12)
13)
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
CHECK
POINT
The mid connector should remain connected to the main unit.
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 233) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI.
Match the colors of the harnesses of the clutches with that of the harnesses of the main unit.
2. Release the harness (gray) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI from the clamp and the tab on the main
unit frame and the clamp on the FEEDER ASSY.
Do not misplace the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED. When
installing the clutches, match the colors of the harnesses and the positioning ribs of the clutches.
Color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI harness is gray.
Color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED harness is yellow.
3. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI to the FEEDER ASSY.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI fromthe FEEDER ASSY.
A
Kmy03024EB
1)
2)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Gray
Gray
Gray
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
Confidential
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
A B
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
ROLL ASSY MSI
Mind the correct orientations when installing the SPRING FEED MSI.
Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side is attached to the main unit.
2. Release the tab of the GEAR MSI and remove the GEAR MSI fromthe SHAFT MSI.
Make the D-cut surface of the SHAFT MSI face upward for easier operation.
NEXT>>
A B
Kmy03080EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to
the main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
3. Remove the E-rings on the left and right edges of the ROLL ASSY MSI that secure the BEARINGs,
and slide the BEARINGs inward.
Be careful not to lose the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY MSI to the right, pull out the left end of the ROLL ASSY MSI
fromthe main unit, and remove the ROLL ASSY MSI.
5. Remove the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING from the ROLL ASSY MSI.
Mind the correct orientations when installing the BEARING EARTH and the BEARING.
Color of the BEARING EARTH on the right side is black.
Color of the BEARING on the left side is white.
White
Kmy03021EA
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
4)
5)
5)
3)-2
Black
ROLL ASSY MSI
Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
CHECK
POINT
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J235) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED.
2. Release the harness (yellow) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED fromthe clamp and the tab on the
main unit frame.
3. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED to the FEEDER ASSY.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED fromthe FEEDER ASSY.
installing the clutches, match the colors of the harnesses and the positioning ribs of the
clutches.
A C
Kmy03025EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
FEEDER ASSY
CHECK
POINT
It is not necessary to remove the SENSOR PHOTO:MSI NO PAPER and the COVER SNR
when performing the following work.
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE MSI to the main unit.
Do not pull the CHUTE MSI from the main unit too far as they are connected with a
harness.
2. Remove the CHUTE MSI from the main unit.
Be careful not to pinch the cable between the CHUTE MSI and the main unit.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03026EA
1)
1)
2)
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J232) of the harness coming out of the FEEDER ASSY and the
connector (P/J241).
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J 234) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN attached to the FEEDER ASSY.
Harness color of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN is blue.
5. Detach the harnesses from the clamps and the tabs of the main unit.
NEXT>>
Kmy03027EB
3)
5)
4)
Blue
Blue
CHECK
POINT
If your screwdriver is not long enough to perform the following work, close the COVER
ASSY FRONT for easier operation.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY to the main unit.
Be careful not to drop the SPRING EARTH on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY.
7. Pull out the protrusion on the left side of the FEEDER ASSY, slide the FEEDER ASSY slightly to the
far left side, and pull out the two protrusions (one is attached the SPRING EARTH) on the right side
from the main unit.
Make sure that the SPRING EARTH attached to the right side of the FEEDER ASSY
touches the PLATE EARTH of the main unit.
8. Pull out the shaft and the clutch on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY from the main unit, and
remove the FEEDER ASSY fromthe main unit.
Be careful not to lose the SPRING EARTH attached on the right side of the FEEDER ASSY.
Kmy03028EA
6)
6)
8)
7)-2
7)-2
7)-1
FEEDER ASSY
Confidential
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
1. Remove the E-rings that secure the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
2. Remove the BEARING REGIs (black) that secures the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the
ROLL REGI RUBBER.
3. Remove the E-rings that secure the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
4. Remove the GEAR REGI METAL (black) attached to the shaft of the ROLL REGI METAL.
5. Remove the GEAR REGI RUBBER (white) attached to the shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
6. Remove the BEARING REGIs (white) that secures the ROLL REGI METAL and the shaft of the
ROLL REGI RUBBER.
7. Remove the SPRING REGI R, L from the BRACKET NIP.
8. Remove the BRACKET NIP as shown in the figure.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03211EA
1)
1)
2) (Black)
3)
3)
4) (Black)
5) (White)
6) (White)
7) (Long, Yellow)
7) (Short, Metallic color)
8)
9. Temporarily slide the ROLL REGI METAL toward right, pull out the left end of the ROLL REGI
METAL from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL REGI METAL.
10. Temporarily slide the ROLL REGI RUBBER toward right, pull out the left end of the ROLL REGI
RUBBER from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
Install the short metallic-colored SPRING on the right and the long yellow SPRING on
the left as shown in the figure. (Step 7)
Install the two black BEARINGs on the right and the two white BEARINGs on the left
as shown in the figure. (Step 2 and 6)
Install the white GEAR on the near side and the black GEAR on the far side as shown in
the figure. (Step 4 and 5)
Kmy03212EA
9)
10)
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL REGI RUBBER
Confidential
SOLENOID FEED MSI
1. Remove the SPRING FEED MSI.
Install the SPRING FEED MSI so that its oval figure side hitches on the GEAR MSI.
2. Release the tab on the GEAR MSI, and remove the GEAR MSI fromthe SHAFT MSI.
CHECK
POINT
NEXT>>
D
Kmy03019EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J 236) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
4. Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI from the DUCT MSI SOL and the DUCT DRV PH.
CHECK
POINT
Harness color (gray) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI does not correspond with the harness
color on the main unit sided (yellow).
5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the main unit.
Be sure to use 8-mm screw when securing the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Using 10-mm screw
may damage the frame.
6. Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI fromthe main unit.
Kmy03020EB
3)-2
3)-1
4)
5)
6)
10mm 8mm
SOLENOID FEED MSI
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER
PWBA OHP SNR
A
B
C
PWBA OHP SNR
Confidential
A B C
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
B A C
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
B A C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
B A C
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03019EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03094EA
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Gap
Gap
Ground Wire
(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Confidential
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03060EB
8)-2
8)-1
unit.
harness.
NEXT>>
Kmy03061EB
9)
9)
10)
11)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY PH
Confidential
ASSY PH.
Kmy03086EB
12)
12)
12)
13)
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
CHECK
POINT
B A C
Kmy03024EB
1)
2)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Gray
Gray
Gray
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
Confidential
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
ROLL ASSY MSI
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03080EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to
the main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
White
Kmy03021EA
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
4)
5)
5)
3)-2
Black
ROLL ASSY MSI
Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
CHECK
POINT
main unit frame.
B A C
Kmy03025EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
FEEDER ASSY
CHECK
POINT
harness.
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03026EA
1)
1)
2)
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
connector (P/J241).
NEXT>>
Kmy03027EB
3)
5)
4)
Blue
Blue
CHECK
POINT
from the main unit.
Kmy03028EA
6)
6)
8)
7)-2
7)-2
7)-1
FEEDER ASSY
Confidential
1. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER NO SNR to the FEEDER ASSY, and
remove the HOLDER NO SNR.
2. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO SNR,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J2321) of the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
A
Kmy03217EA
2)
3) (J2321)
1)
SENSOR PHOTO:
CST NO PAPER
1. Holding down the circular tab that secures the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 to the SUPPORT ASSY
NUDGER, disengage the three tabs, and remove the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 by sliding it sideways.
The stopper of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 should be inserted underneath the
HOLDER NO PAPER L A4.
2. Pull the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 out of the hole of the HOLDER NO PAPER R A4,
and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4.
B
Kmy03219EA
2)
1)-1
1)-2
ACTUATOR
NO PAPER A4
Stopper
HOLDER NO
PAPER L A4
Tab
ACTUATOR
NO PAPER A4
Confidential
PWBA OHP SNR
1. Insert a mini screwdriver or a similar tool into the square hole of the COVER OHP SNR to release the
tab, and remove the COVER OHP SNR.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA OHP SNR to the FEEDER ASSY.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J2411) of the PWBA OHP SNR.
C
Kmy03221EA
1)
3) (J2411)
2)
2)
PWBA OHP SNR
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B
SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
PWBA OHP LED
A
B
C
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
PWBA OHP LED
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B
SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
Confidential
A B C
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
B A C
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
B A C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
B A C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
B A C
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03019EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03094EA
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Gap
Gap
Ground Wire
(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Confidential
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03060EB
8)-2
8)-1
unit.
harness.
NEXT>>
Kmy03061EB
9)
9)
10)
11)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY PH
Confidential
ASSY PH.
Kmy03086EB
12)
12)
12)
13)
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
CHECK
POINT
B A C
Kmy03024EB
1)
2)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Gray
Gray
Gray
CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
Confidential
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
ROLL ASSY MSI
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03080EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to
the main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
White
Kmy03021EA
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
4)
5)
5)
3)-2
Black
ROLL ASSY MSI
Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
CHECK
POINT
main unit frame.
B A C
Kmy03025EB
1)
2)
2)
3)
4)
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
FEEDER ASSY
CHECK
POINT
harness.
NEXT>>
B A C
Kmy03026EA
1)
1)
2)
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
connector (P/J241).
NEXT>>
Kmy03027EB
3)
5)
4)
Blue
Blue
CHECK
POINT
from the main unit.
Kmy03028EA
6)
6)
8)
7)-2
7)-2
7)-1
FEEDER ASSY
Confidential
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
1. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN, and detach the
harness.
2. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN to the FEEDER ASSY.
3. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN from the FEEDER ASSY.
B A C
Kmy03215EA
2)
3)
1)
1)
CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN
1. Remove the E-ring that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
2. Remove the BEARING REGI (white) that secures the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3. Remove the BEARING REGI (black) that secures the ROLL ASSY TURN.
Install the white BEARING on the right and the black BEARING on the left as shown in the
figure.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY TURN toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
TURN from the CHUTE REGI, and remove the ROLL ASSY TURN.
B A C
Kmy03218EA
1)
4)
2) (White)
3) (Black)
ROLL ASSY TURN
Confidential
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B
1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER.
As the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER remains connected with a harness, be careful not to
overload the terminal areas of the harness and the connector.
2. Release the tab on the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER, and pull the left side of the CHUTE ASSY
REGI UPPER in the direction of the arrow.
When performing reassembly, pull the harness that is coming out of the right side of the
CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER slightly to take up the slack out of the harness.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03213EB
2)-2
2)-1
1)
1)
1)
3. Release the tab on the downside of the COVER ACTUATOR with a mini screwdriver or a similar
tool, and remove the COVER ACTUATOR by sliding it toward you.
4. Pull the shaft of the ACTUATOR A, B out of the tab on the CHUTE REGI, and remove the
ACTUATOR A, B together with the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B.
5. Release the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B that are hitched on the tabs of the ACTUATOR A, B, and
separate the ACTUATOR A, ACTUATOR B, SPRING REGI SNSR A, and SPRING REGI SNSR B.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING REGI SNSR A, B on the ACTUATOR A, B and the CHUTE
REGI.
3)-2
3)-1
4)
5)
4)
5)
5)
5)
Kmy03214EA
3)-1
ACTUATOR A
ACTUATOR B
Confidential
SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03213EB
2)-2
2)-1
1)
1)
1)
3. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI to the CHUTE ASSY REGI UPPER,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J 2322) of the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI.
Kmy03216EA
3)
4) (J2322)
SENSOR PHOTO:REGI
Confidential
PWBA OHP LED
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03213EB
2)-2
2)-1
1)
1)
1)
3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the PWBA OHP LED to the CHUTE
ASSY REGI UPPER.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J 2412) of the PWBA OHP LED.
Be sure to route the harness as shown in the figure.
4) (J 2412)
3)
3)
Kmy03220EB
Tab Groove Groove
PWBA OHP LED
Confidential
4.4.12 TRANSFER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
TRANSFER UNIT
A
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Confidential
ASSY FRONT, remove the guide pin on the left side of the TRANSFER UNIT from the hole on the
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y)
DISPENSER ASSY (K), (C), (M), (Y)
VISOR ASSY LABEL
LEVER VISOR CRU R
LEVER VISOR CRU L
SPRING VISOR CRU
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C), (M), (Y)
LED ASSY
A
B
C
D
IMAGING CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y)
Confidential
Kmy03085EA
VISOR ASSY LABEL
LEVER VISOR
CRU R
LEVER VISOR
CRU L
SPRING
VISOR CRU
LED ASSY
SENSOR ASSY CRU
(C), (M), (Y)
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B C D
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A C D
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE L
A D
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
There are four MOTOR ASSY Gasps and they can be removed in the same manner.
The mid-connector should remain connected to the main unit.
1. Release the connectors and the harnesses of the four MOTOR ASSY DISPs fromthe DUCT
HARNESS MOT, and disconnect the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISPs.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the DUCT HARNESS MOT to the main unit.
3. Slightly slide the DUCT HARNESS MOT upward, release the protrusion of the DUCT HARNESS
MOT from the main unit, pull out the four connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP through the holes
in the DUCT HARNESS MOT, and remove the DUCT HARNESS MOT.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03038EA
2)
2)
3)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the MOTOR ASSY DISP to the main
unit.
5. Slightly slide the MOTOR ASSY DISP toward front side of the printer, release the protrusion of the
MOTOR ASSY DISP fromthe main unit, and remove the MOTOR ASSY DISP.
Kmy03039EA
4)
5)
DISPENSER ASSY (K)
DISPENSER ASSY (C)
DISPENSER ASSY (M)
DISPENSER ASSY (Y)
Confidential
VISOR ASSY LABEL
LEVER VISOR CRU R
LEVER VISOR CRU L
SPRING VISOR CRU
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BASE VISOR CRU R and the
BASE VISOR CRU L to the main unit.
2. Remove the VISOR ASSY LABEL, LEVER VISOR CRU R, LEVER VISOR CRU L, SPRING
VISOR CRU, BASE VISOR CRU R, and BASE VISOR CRU L all together.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03083EA
1)
1)
2)
3. Slide the LEVER VISOR CRU R and the LEVER VISOR CRU L inward, and remove the VISOR
ASSY LABEL.
NEXT>>
Kmy03084EA
3)
3)
VISOR ASSY LABEL
Confidential
4. Turn the LEVER VISOR CRU R, and remove the LEVER VISOR CRU R aligning its shaft with the
cutout on the BASE VISOR CRU R.
5. Remove the SPRING VISOR CRU from the BASE VISOR CRU R.
6. Turn the LEVER VISOR CRU L, and remove the LEVER VISOR CRU L aligning its shaft with the
cutout on the BASE VISOR CRU L.
7. Remove the SPRING VISOR CRU from the BASE VISOR CRU L.
Kmy03085EA
4)
6)
5)
7)
LEVER VISOR CRU L
LEVER VISOR CRU R
SPRING VISOR CRU
SPRING VISOR CRU
COVER SIDE IF
C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
COVER SIDE R
remove the COVER SIDE R from the main unit.
C
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU to the main unit.
2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU from the main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector on the SENSOR ASSY CRU.
C
Kmy03036EB
1)
2)
3)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (M)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)
Confidential
LED ASSY
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DUCT SIDE L to the main unit.
2. Remove the DUCT SIDE L fromthe main unit.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the LED ASSY to the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the LED ASSY and remove the LED ASSY from the main unit.
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J141) of the LED ASSY.
D
Kmy03041EA
3)
2)
1)
1)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
5)
LED ASSY
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
CONNECTOR CRUM
ROS ASSY
HVPS
HOUSING ASSY B
A
B
C
D
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
CONNECTOR CRUM
Confidential
ROS ASSY
HVPS SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE
HOUSING ASSY B
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
FUSER UNIT
A B C D
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
Confidential
IMAGING
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B C D
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
A B C D
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE L
3. Pull the COVER SIDE L so that it comes free fromthe two protrusions of the main unit.
A B C D
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
COVER SIDE IF
A B C D
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
COVER SIDE R
A B C D
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
COVER TOP
A B C D
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)-1
1)
3)-2
COVER TOP
Confidential
z
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS.
2. Loosen the clamp attached to the SHIELD LVPS that secures the harness of the HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK.
3. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK fromthe DUCT DRV MAIN.
4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 16 mm) that secures the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK to
the main unit.
5. Remove the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK from the main unit.
A D
Kmy03064EA
2)-1
2)-1
2)-2
1)
3)
4)
5)
Confidential
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
NEXT>>
A D
Kmy03058EA
4)
5)
2)
2)
3)
7)
7)
6)-1
6)-2
7)
8)-1 8)-1
8)-2
7)
1. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY USB from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FUSER to the main unit.
Do not pull the BRACKET FUSER too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
harness.
3. Remove the BRACKET FUSER fromthe main unit.
4. Release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN fromthe DUCT DRV MAIN.
5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
6. Release the guide pin of the DUCT DRV MAIN, slide the DUCT DRV MAIN to the rear side of the
printer, and remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
7. Disconnect the following connectors: connector of the MAIN MOTOR (P/J 211) inside the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, connector of the SUB MOTOR (P/J 221), connector of the DEVE MOTOR (P/J 222),
and connector of the EXIT CLUTCH (P/J 2761).
8. Remove the clamp, which is attached to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, together with a harness.
The harness of the connector to be connected to the DEVE MOTOR should pass the far side
of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.
NEXT>>
Confidential
9. Remove the six screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main
unit.
10. Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the main unit.
Kmy03059EA
10)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) to the
main unit.
2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) from the main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector (P/J 193) on the SENSOR ASSY CRU (K).
A D
Kmy03035EA
1)
2)
3)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (K)
Confidential

1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SENSOR ASSY CRU to the main unit.
2. Remove the SENSOR ASSY CRU fromthe main unit.
3. Disconnect the connector on the SENSOR ASSY CRU.
A D
Kmy03036EB
1)
2)
3)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (C)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (M)
SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y)
CONNECTOR CRUM
CHECK
POINT
There are four CONNECTOR CRUMs and they can be removed in the same manner.
1. Slide the CONNECTOR CRUM toward right and release its groove from the main unit.
2. Disconnect the connector of the CONNECTOR CRUM and remove the CONNECTOR CRUM.
A
Kmy03034EB
1)-2
2)
1)-1
CONNECTOR CRUM
Confidential
FAN MAIN
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J503) of the FAN MAIN on the LVPS.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the FAN MAIN, and detach the harness.
3. Release the harness from the tab on the main unit.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure both the DUCT FAN MAIN and the
FAN MAIN.
5. Remove the DUCT FAN MAIN together with the FAN MAIN.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure FAN MAIN to the DUCT FAN MAIN.
7. Remove the FAN MAIN fromthe DUCT FAN MAIN.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the FAN MAIN. The label on the FAN
MAIN should be facing front.
Pass the harness of the FAN MAIN through the cutout of the DUCT FAN MAIN.
B C
Kmy03067EC
1)
2)
5)
LABEL
6)
6)
7)
2)
3)
4)
4)
FAN MAIN
SHIELD ASSY ESS
Do not remove/install the board in areas where static sparks may be generated.
(e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you
might have before removing/installing the board.
1. Remove the nine screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the COVER ASSY ESS E to the main unit.
2. Remove the COVER ASSY ESS E together with the COVER OPTION from the main unit.
NEXT>>
B C
Kmy03073EC
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
Confidential
3. Disconnect all the connectors on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
4. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness connected to CN501 connector on the BOARD ASSY,
MAIN.
5. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the ground wires of the HARNESS ASSY-
CON R and the HARNESS ASSY USB to the SHIELD ASSY ESS E.
6. Loosen the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the right side of the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the
main unit.
7. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
8. Pulling out the harnesses through the hole in the SHIELD ASSY ESS E, remove the SHIELD ASSY
ESS fromthe main unit.
Kmy03074EC
6)
7)
7)
7)
7)
8)
6)
6)
3)
3)
3)
4)
5)
5)
4)
SHIELD ASSY ESS
Confidential
LVPS
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03065EC
2)-1
4)
2)-1
2)-2
1)
1)
1) 1)
1)
(P44)
(P501)
(P502)
(P503)
(P40)
(P47)
(P48)
(P504)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
Handle (ROS ASSY)
(e.g. on a carpet) Be sure to touch a metal part to discharge any static electricity you might
have before removing/installing the board.
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the LVPS and release the harnesses fromthe clamps.
2. Remove the clamps that secure the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK and that of the
HARN ASSY INLET fromthe SHIELD LVPS.
3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure
the SHIELD LVPS to the main unit.
4. Remove the SHIELD LVPS together with the LVPS from the main unit.
The SHIELD LVPS should be placed underneath the PLATE EARTH as shown in the
figure.
Hold down the handle if the undersurface of the SHIELD LVPS interferes the handle of
the ROS ASSY.
NEXT>>
Confidential
6. Remove the LVPS fromthe SHIELD LVPS.
Kmy03066EB
5)
5)
5)
5)
5) 5)
6)
LVPS
ROS ASSY
1. Disconnect connector of the ROS ASSY (P/J12) on the PWBA MCU.
2. Remove the CORE TC-18-10-10 fromthe harness of the ROS ASSY, and pull out the connector
through the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03032EA
1)
2)-1
2)-2
Confidential
3. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the two SPRING ROSes to the main unit.
4. Remove the two SPRING ROSes from the main unit.
5. Hold the handle of the ROS ASSY, and pull it straight up to remove from the main unit.
Kmy03033EA
3)
4)
4)
5)
3)
3)
3)
Handle
ROS ASSY
HVPS
1. Disconnect connector of the HVPS (P/J 16) on the PWBA MCU, and pull out the connector through
the hole in the SHIELD MCU.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03042EA
1)-1
1)-2
Confidential
2. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the two harnesses coming out of the HVPS.
Secure the red harness to the upper side and the white harness to the downside of the
HVPS.
3. Remove the five screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the HVPS to the main unit.
4. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the HVPS to the main unit.
Insert the three screws (silver, 6 mm) into the holes circled in white.
5. Release the upper side of the HVPS from the protrusion of the main unit, remove the HVPS, and pull
out the connectors coming out of the HVPS through the hole in the main unit.
Kmy03043EA
2)
2)
3)
4)
4)
4)
3)
3)
3)
3)
5)-1
5)-2
HVPS
LED ASSY
1. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the DUCT SIDE L to the main unit.
2. Remove the DUCT SIDE L fromthe main unit.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the LED ASSY to the main unit.
4. Release the two tabs on the LED ASSY and remove the LED ASSY from the main unit.
5. Disconnect the connector (P/J 141) of the LED ASSY.
C
Kmy03041EA
3)
2)
1)
1)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
5)
LED ASSY
Confidential
HOUSING ASSY B
CHECK
POINT
The mid-connector should remain connected to the main unit.
1. Release the connectors and the harnesses of the four MOTOR ASSY DISPs fromthe DUCT
HARNESS MOT, and disconnect the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISPs.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the DUCT HARNESS MOT to the main unit.
3. Slightly slide the DUCT HARNESS MOT upward, release the protrusion of the DUCT HARNESS
MOT from the main unit, pull out the four connectors of the MOTOR ASSY DISP through the holes
in the DUCT HARNESS MOT, and remove the DUCT HARNESS MOT.
NEXT>>
C
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)
1)
Kmy03081EA
4. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SPRING ESA ROLL to the
HOUSING ASSY B.
5. Remove the SPRING ESA ROLL fromboth the HOUSING ASSY B and the main unit.
6. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the HOUSING ASSY B.
7. Remove the HOUSING ASSY B fromthe main unit.
Kmy03040EA
4)
6)
7)
6)
6)
5)
HOUSING ASSY B
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
There are four SENSOR PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in the
same manner.
1. While holding down the ACTUATOR SENSOR CRU, release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR
PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE to the BRACKET SENSOR CRU, and remove the SENSOR
PHOTO:TONER CARTRIDGE.
D
Kmy03037EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-3
SENSOR PHOTO:
TONER CARTRIDGE
Confidential
4.4.15 FUSER & EXIT (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
FUSER UNIT
CHUTE DUP GATE
A
B
C
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
CHUTE DUP GATE
FUSER UNIT
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
OUT to the COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT from the COVER ASSY FRONT.
A
Kmy03045EA
1)
1)
2)
CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
Confidential
FUSER UNIT
2. Rotate the levers on the left and right side of the FUSER UNIT as shown in the direction of the
arrow, and unlock the lock.
B
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
CHUTE DUP GATE
1. Open the CHUTE DUP GATE to 45 and pull out the guide pin on the right side of the CHUTE DUP
GATE from the main unit.
2. Pull out the guide pin on the left side of the CHUTE DUP GATE fromthe main unit, and remove the
CHUTE DUP GATE.
C
Kmy03047EA
1)-1
1)-2
2)
CHUTE DUP GATE
Confidential
4.4.16 FRAME (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
j
LOCATION
Name Guide
GUIDE TRAY R 550
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
GUIDE ASSY L 550
A
B
C
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
GUIDE TRAY R 550
Confidential
GUIDE ASSY L 550
A B C
Confidential
COVER CST 550
A C
Kmy03004EA
2)-1
2)-2
COVER CST 550
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B C
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
A B C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
A B
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
1. Loosen the clamp attached to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE and release the harness.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J231) of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the main unit.
4. Disengage the two bosses on the SWITCH ASSY SIZE and the protrusion on the bottom from the
SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
5. Remove the clamp from the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
A B
Kmy03055EB
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
GUIDE TRAY R 550
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the
main unit.
2. While pressing the guide pin on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, slide the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the front
side of the printer, and release the 12 tabs on the GUIDE TRAY R 550 from the main unit.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03053EB
2)-2
1)
2)-1
Confidential
3. Remove the GUIDE TRAY R 550 fromthe rear side of the main unit by laying the GUIDE TRAY R
550 inward.
Kmy03054EB
3)
GUIDE TRAY R 550
COVER SIDE L
C
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
GUIDE ASSY L 550
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY L 550 to the
main unit.
2. While pressing the guide pin on the GUIDE ASSY L 550, slide the GUIDE ASSY L 550 to the front
side of the printer, and release the nine tabs on the GUIDE ASSY L 550 from the main unit.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03056EB
2)-2
1)
2)-1
3. Remove the GUIDE ASSY L 550 from the rear side of the main unit by laying the GUIDE ASSY L
550 inward.
Kmy03057EB
3)
GUIDE ASSY L 550
Confidential
4.4.17 FRAME (PART 2)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR
LINK L
LEVER RELEASE
LINK R
LEVER RELEASE
A
B
C
Confidential
LINK R
LINK L
LEVER
RELEASE
LEVER RELEASE
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
FUSER UNIT
A
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
CHECK
POINT
HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR on the other side can be removed in the same manner.
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the HOLDER ASSY WHEEL
STAR to the main unit.
2. Remove the HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR fromthe main unit.
A
Kmy03048EA
1)
2)
Confidential
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
B C
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
COVER REAR
B C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
Confidential
COVER SIDE L
3. Pull the COVER SIDE L so that it comes free fromthe two protrusions of the main unit.
B
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
LINK L
LEVER RELEASE
1. Release the tab on the SHAFT PIVOT that secures the LINK L to the COVER ASSY FRONT, pull
out the SHAFT PIVOT, and remove the LINK L fromthe COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the SUPPORT LINK L to the main unit.
3. Remove the SUPPORT LINK L from the main unit.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03049EA
1)-2
1)-1
1)-3
3)
2)
2)
2)
Confidential
4. Remove the LEVER RELEASE from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the LEVER RELEASE.
Install the LEVER RELEASE in reference to the illustration.
5. Remove the LINK L fromthe main unit.
6. Remove the SPRING SUPPORT from the main unit.
7. Remove the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L fromthe main unit.
When installing the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L and the KIT HOLDER ASSY
DAMPER R, be careful not to mix them up. KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L is black and
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R is yellow.
Kmy03050EB
6)
7)
4)
5)
(Black)
LINK L
LEVER
RELEASE
KIT HOLDER
ASSY
DAMPER L
COVER SIDE IF
C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
COVER SIDE R
C
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
LINK R
LEVER RELEASE
1. Release the tab on the SHAFT PIVOT that secures the LINK R to the COVER ASSY FRONT, pull
out the SHAFT PIVOT, and remove the LINK R fromthe COVER ASSY FRONT.
2. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the SUPPORT LINK R to the main unit.
3. Remove the SUPPORT LINK R fromthe main unit.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03051EA
1)-2
1)-1
1)-3
3)
2)
2)
2)
Confidential

4. Remove the LEVER RELEASE from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the LEVER RELEASE.
Install the LEVER RELEASE in reference to the illustration.
5. Remove the LINK R from the main unit.
6. Remove the SPRING SUPPORT from the main unit.
7. Remove the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R from the main unit.
When installing the KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L and the KIT HOLDER ASSY
DAMPER R, be careful not to mix them up. KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L is black and
KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R is yellow.
Kmy03052EB
6)
7)
4)
5)
(Yellow)
LINK R
LEVER
RELEASE
KIT HOLDER
ASSY DAMPER R
Confidential
4.4.18 DRIVE
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
A
B
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
Confidential
A
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
FUSER UNIT
B
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
CHECK
POINT
There are four IMAGING CARTRIDGEs and they can be removed in he same manner.
fluorescent lamp.
A B
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A B
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE L
B
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
A B
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
DRIVE ASSY PH
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03019EA
2)-1
2)-2
1)
Attach to the
main unit
Attach to
GEAR MSI
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03094EA
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Gap
Gap
Ground Wire
(Green)
HARNESS ASSY FRONT
COVER (Black)
Confidential
DUCT DRV PH.
NEXT>>
Kmy03060EB
8)-2
8)-1
unit.
harness.
NEXT>>
Kmy03061EB
9)
9)
10)
11)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY PH
Confidential
ASSY PH.
Kmy03086EB
12)
12)
12)
13)
KIT MOT ASSY PH
KIT GEAR ASSY PH
COVER TOP
B
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)-1
1)
3)-2
COVER TOP
Confidential
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS.
INTERLOCK.
the main unit.
B
Kmy03064EA
2)-1
2)-1
2)-2
1)
3)
4)
5)
HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
1. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY USB from the DUCT DRV MAIN.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FUSER to the main unit.
Do not pull the BRACKET FUSER too far from the main unit as they are connected with a
harness.
3. Remove the BRACKET FUSER fromthe main unit.
4. Release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN fromthe DUCT DRV MAIN.
5. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03058EA
4)
5)
2)
2)
3)
7)
7)
6)-1
6)-2
7)
7)
8)-1 8)-1
8)-2
Confidential
6. Release the guide pin of the DUCT DRV MAIN, slide the DUCT DRV MAIN to the rear side of the
printer, and remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
7. Disconnect the following connectors: connector of the MAIN MOTOR (P/J 211) inside the DRIVE
ASSY MAIN, connector of the SUB MOTOR (P/J 221), connector of the DEVE MOTOR (P/J222),
and connector of the EXIT CLUTCH (P/J 2761).
8. Remove the clamp, which is attached to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, together with a harness.
The harness of the connector to be connected to the DEVE MOTOR should pass the far side
of the tab on the DRIVE ASSY PH.
9. Remove the six screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the main unit.
10. Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the main unit.
Kmy03059EA
10)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Confidential
4.4.19 ELECTRICAL (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
FAN MAIN
LVPS
HARNESS ASSY INLET
A
B
C
FAN MAIN
Confidential
)
LVPS
HARNESS ASSY INLET
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
Confidential
FUSER UNIT
A B C
Kmy03046EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
FUSER UNIT
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B C
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A B C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE L
A B C
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
COVER SIDE IF
A B C
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
COVER SIDE R
A B C
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
Confidential
COVER TOP
A B C
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)-1
1)
3)-2
COVER TOP
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 44) of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK on the LVPS.
INTERLOCK.
the main unit.
A
Kmy03064EA
2)-1
2)-1
2)-2
1)
3)
4)
5)
HARNESS ASSY
INTERLOCK
Confidential
FAN MAIN
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J503) of the FAN MAIN on the LVPS.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the FAN MAIN, and detach the harness.
3. Release the harness of the FAN MAIN from the tab on the main unit.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure both the DUCT FAN MAIN and the
FAN MAIN.
5. Remove the DUCT FAN MAIN together with the FAN MAIN.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 35 mm) that secure FAN MAIN to the DUCT FAN
MAIN.
7. Remove the FAN MAIN fromthe DUCT FAN MAIN.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the FAN MAIN. The label on the FAN
MAIN should be facing front.
Pass the harness of the FAN MAIN through the cutout of the DUCT FAN MAIN.
B
Kmy03067EC
1)
2)
5)
LABEL
6)
6)
7)
2)
3)
4)
4)
FAN MAIN
Confidential
LVPS
NEXT>>
B
Kmy03065EC
2)-1
4)
2)-1
2)-2
1)
1)
1) 1)
1)
(P44)
(P501)
(P502)
(P503)
(P40)
(P47)
(P48)
(P504)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
Handle (ROS ASSY)
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the LVPS and release the harnesses fromthe clamps.
2. Remove the clamps that secure the harness of the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK and that of the
HARN ASSY INLET fromthe SHIELD LVPS.
3. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) and the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure
the SHIELD LVPS to the main unit.
4. Remove the SHIELD LVPS together with the LVPS from the main unit.
The SHIELD LVPS should be placed underneath the PLATE EARTH as shown in the
figure.
Hold down the handle if the undersurface of the SHIELD LVPS interferes the handle of
the ROS ASSY.
NEXT>>
Confidential
6. Remove the LVPS fromthe SHIELD LVPS.
Kmy03066EB
5)
5)
5)
5)
5) 5)
6)
LVPS
Confidential
HARNESS ASSY INLET
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03095EA
1)
2)
3)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
5)
5)
5)
HARNESS
ASSY INLET
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 48) of the HARNESS ASSY INLET on the LVPS.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J 481) connected to the SWITCH POWER.
3. Remove the screw (silver, external tooth washer, 6 mm) that secures the ground terminal of the
HARNESS ASSY INLET to the main unit.
4. Disengage the five cable ties that secure the HARNESS ASSY INLET to the main unit.
Attach the cable ties to the holes with triangular marks.
5. Release the HARNESS ASSY INLET fromthe three EDGE SADDLEs and the two clamps.
Pass the ground wire (green) of the HARNESS ASSY INLET through the clamp attached
to the SWITCDH ASSY SIZE.
Be careful not to damage the frame or other parts when cutting the cable tie.
6. Cut the cable tie attached to the tab in the AC inlet section with a nipper or a similar tool.
7. Release the tab in the AC inlet section and remove the HARNESS ASSY INLET fromthe main unit.
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
PWBA EEPROM XPRO
PWBA USB
SWITCH POWER
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
A
B
C
D
PWBA EEPROM XPRO
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
PWBA USB
SWITCH POWER
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B C D
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A B C D
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE IF
A B C D
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
COVER SIDE R
A B C D
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
PWBA EEPROM XPRO (XPRO)
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 274) of the PWBA EEPROM XPRO.
2. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PWBA EEPROM XPRO.
3. Remove the PWBA EEPROM XPRO from the main unit.
When the printer is turned on for the first time after the PWBA EEPROM XPRO is
replaced, the information unique to each printer is automatically saved into a memory
on the new board. Due to this reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and
the board can no longer be used in other printer. Do not reuse the board once used in
another printer unit.
Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU at a time.
A
Kmy03062EB
1)
2)
3)
PWBA EEPROM
XPRO (XPRO)
Confidential
PWBA USB
1. Disconnect the connector (CN2) of the PWBA USB.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA USB to the main unit.
3. Remove the PWBA USB from the main unit.
B
Kmy03063EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
PWBA USB
SWITCH POWER
1. Disconnect connector (P/J481) of the SWITCH POWER.
2. Release the tabs of the SWITCH POWER and remove the SWITCH POWER from the main unit.
Mind the correct orientation when installing the SWITCH POWER.
Match the ON/OFF of the SWITCH POWER with that engraved on the BRACKET SW
E surface.
C
Kmy03070EB
1)
2)-1
2)-1
2)-2
SWITCH POWER
Confidential
BOARD ASSY, MAIN
3. Remove any optional boards inserted into the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
NEXT>>
D
Kmy03071EB
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
4. Remove the screw that secures the USB connector of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.
5. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY IF E to the main unit.
6. Remove the SHIELD ASSY IF E from the main unit.
8. Remove the 12 screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the BOARD ASSY, MAIN to the main unit.
9. Remove the BOARD ASSY, MAIN from the main unit.
Kmy03072EB
9)
7)
7)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
7)
4)
5)
5)
5)
5)
6)
BOARD ASSY,
MAIN
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
SHIELD ASSY ESS
SENSOR HUM
PWBA MCU
A
B
SHIELD ASSY ESS PWBA MCU
SENSOR HUM
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
CHECK
POINT
fluorescent lamp.
A B
1)
Kmy03044EA
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Confidential
COVER REAR
A B
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
Kmy03003EA
COVER REAR
COVER SIDE IF
A B
Kmy03008EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER SIDE IF
Confidential
COVER SIDE R
A B
Kmy03005EA
2)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
1)
COVER SIDE R
COVER SIDE L
A B
Kmy03006EA
2)
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
COVER SIDE L
Confidential
SHIELD ASSY ESS
NEXT>>
A B
Kmy03073EC
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
1)
1)
4. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness connected to CN501 and CN601 connector on the BOARD
ASSY, MAIN.
5. Remove the two screws (silver, washer, 6 mm) that secure the ground wires of the HARNESS ASSY-
CON R and the HARNESS ASSY USB to the SHIELD ASSY ESS E.
6. Loosen the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the right side of the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the
main unit.
7. Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
8. Pulling out the harnesses through the hole in the SHIELD ASSY ESS E, remove the SHIELD ASSY
ESS fromthe main unit.
Kmy03074EC
6)
7)
7)
7)
7)
8)
6)
6)
3)
3)
3)
4)
5)
5)
4)
SHIELD ASSY ESS
Confidential
SENSOR HUM
1. Release the tab on the SPACER, and remove the SENSOR HUM from the main unit.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J261) of the SENSOR HUM.
A
Kmy03068EC
2)
1)-1
1)-2
SENSOR HUM
PWBA MCU
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU.
2. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the main unit.
3. Remove the PWBA MCU fromthe main unit.
When the printer is turned on for the first time after the PWBA MCU is replaced, the
information unique to each printer is automatically saved into a memory on the new
board. Due to this reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and the board
can no longer be used in other printer. To use the PWBA MCU into which specific
information is already written in other printer, execute MCU Initialize with reference
to 5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program (p.387).
When replacing the PWBA MCU, verify that the version of firmware on new PWBA
MCU matches the version of the previous PWBA MCU. If not, be sure to make them
match each other by either upgrading or downgrading the firmware.
Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU at a time.
B
(P17)
(P16)
(P12)
(P27)
(P26)
(P24)
(P31)
(P14)
(P11)
(P10)
(P19)
(P15)
(P18)
(P101)
(P22)
(P21)
(P25)
(P23)
Kmy03069EC
1)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
3)
PWBA MCU
Confidential
4.4.22 DUPLEX
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
FEEDER ASSY DUP
COVER PWBA DUP
ACTUATOR DUP
SENSOR PHOTO: DUP, J AM
PWBA DUP-H
CLUTCH DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
FAN DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
MOTOR ASSY DUP
A
B
C
D
E
FEEDER ASSY DUP
COVER PWBA DUP
FAN DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-2 MOTOR ASSY DUP
Confidential
ACTUATOR DUP
SENSOR PHOTO: DUP, JAM
PWBA DUP-H
CLUTCH DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
Confidential
COVER ASSY FRONT
A B C D E
1) -1
1) -2
LATCH
COVER ASSY FRONT
TRANSFER UNIT
NEXT>>
A B C D E
Kmy03030EA
1)-1
1)-2
1)-1
Confidential
Kmy03031EA
2)-1
2)-2
TRANSFER UNIT
FEEDER ASSY DUP
1. Pull the lever of the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and raise the FEEDER ASSY DUP straight up.
2. Pull out the two guide pins on the down side of the FEEDER ASSY DUP through the hole on the
COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
A B C D E
Kmy03075EA
1)-1
1)-2
2)
FEEDER ASSY DUP
Confidential
COVER PWBA DUP
1. Release the four tabs that secure the COVER PWBA DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove
the COVER PWBA DUP.
A B C D E
Kmy03225EA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
COVER PWBA DUP
ACTUATOR DUP
1. Release the four tabs that secure the HOLDER SENSOR DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and
remove the HOLDER SENSOR DUP.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J 4301) of the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP/J AM.
3. Expand the left and right edges of the HOLDER SENSOR DUP, pull out the shaft of the
ACTUATOR DUP, and remove the ACTUATOR DUP together with the SPRING SENSOR DUP.
Be sure to hitch the SPRING SENSOR DUP on the ACTUATOR DUP and the HOLDER
SENSOR DUP.
4. Remove the SPRING SENSOR DUP fromthe ACTUATOR DUP.
A
Kmy03222EA
1)
2)
3)
3)
4)
1)
1)
1)
FEEDER ASSY DUP
Confidential
SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JAM
1. Release the three tabs that secure the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, J AM to the HOLDER SENSOR DUP,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, J AM.
A
Kmy03223EA
1)-2
1)-1
SENSOR PHOTO:DUP, JAM
PWBA DUP-H
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA DUP-H. (P/J 427, P/J428, P/J 429, P/J430, P/J 431)
2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the PWBA DUP-H to the FEEDER
ASSY DUP, and remove the PWBA DUP-H.
B
Kmy03224EA
1)
(P429)
(P430)
(P427)
(P431)
(P428)
2)
2)
Ground Wire
PWBA DUP-H
Confidential
CLUTCH DUP
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J431) of the CLUTCH DUP on the PWBA DUP-H.
2. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP,
and release the harness fromthe groove.
3. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the GEAR ASSY to the
BRACKET CLUTCH DUP.
Be careful not to drop the BEARING.
4. Remove the GEAR ASSY from the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP.
5. Remove the BEARING from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
6. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH DUP to the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
7. Remove the CLUTCH DUP while pulling out the harness of the CLUTCH DUP from the hole on the
side of the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
C
Kmy03227EA
1) 2)
3)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
3)
(J431)
CLUTCH DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
1. Remove the SPRING DUP fromthe BRACKET CLUTCH DUP.
2. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP to
the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP together with the WASHER
DUP CLUTCH.
3. Remove the BRACKET CLUTCH DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
NEXT>>
C
Kmy03228EA
1)
2)
2)
3)
Confidential
4. Release the two tabs of the FRANGE PULLEY UP with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and
remove the FRANGE PULLEY UP fromthe PULLEY DUP.
5. Remove the BELT DUP fromthe PULLEY DUP.
6. Release the tab, and remove the PULLEY DUP from the shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
7. Remove the BEARING DUPs that secure the left and right ends of the ROLL ASSY DUP-1 by
rotating them in the direction of the arrow.
8. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY DUP-1 toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
DUP-1 fromthe FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the ROLL ASSY DUP-1.
Kmy03229EA
4) 6)
8)
5)
7)
7)
ROLL ASSY DUP-1
FAN DUP
1. Release the four tabs that secure the COVER HARNESS CHUTE, and remove the COVER
HARNESS CHUTE.
2. Disconnect the connector (P/J 427) of the FAN DUP on the PWBA DUP-H.
3. Loosen the two clamps that secure the harness of the FAN DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and
remove the harness.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET FAN DUP to the
FEEDER ASSY DUP.
5. Remove the BRACKET FAN DUP together with the FAN DUP fromthe FEEDER ASSY DUP.
6. Remove the two screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the COVER HARNESS FAN to the
BRACKET FAN DUP, release the harness, and remove the COVER HARNESS FAN.
7. Release the four tabs that secure the FAN DUP to the BRACKET FAN DUP, and remove the FAN
DUP.
Install the FAN DUP so that its label is facing the FEEDER ASSY DUP.
D
Kmy03226EB
7)
1)
4)
5)
6)
6)
6)
4)
3) 2)(J 427)
Label Side
FAN DUP
Confidential
MOTOR ASSY DUP
1. Loosen the three clamps to remove the harness of the MOTOR ASSY DUP.
2. Release connector (P/J 429) from the mid-connector that is connected to the MOTOR ASSY DUP.
3. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, 6 mm) that secures the COVER DRIVE DUP to the BRACKET
MOTOR DUP, release the tab, and remove the COVER DRIVE DUP.
4. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 6 mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the
BRACKET MOTOR DUP together with the ground wire, and remove both the MOTOR ASSY DUP
and the PLATE EARTH DUP.
D E
Kmy03231EB
1)
2)
3)-1
3)-2
4)
4)
(J 429)
Ground Wire
MOTOR ASSY DUP
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
1. Remove the three screws (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secure the BRACKET MOTOR DUP to
the FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the BRACKET MOTOR DUP.
2. Release the tab and remove the GEAR DUP fromthe shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.
3. Release the two tabs of the FRANGE PULLEY UP with a mini screwdriver or a similar tool, and
remove the FRANGE PULLEY UP from the PULLEY DUP.
4. Remove the BELT DUP from the PULLEY DUP.
5. Release the tab and remove the PULLEY DUP fromthe shaft of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.
6. Remove the BEARING DUPs that secure the left and right ends of the ROLL ASSY DUP-2 by
rotating them in the direction of the arrow.
7. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY DUP-2 toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
DUP-2 fromthe FEEDER ASSY DUP, and remove the ROLL ASSY DUP-2.
D
Kmy03230EA
3) 5)
6)
1)
2)
1)
1)
6)
7)
4)
ROLL ASSY DUP-2
Confidential
4.4.23 550 OPTION FEEDER (PART 1)
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
GUIDE TRAY R 550
550 OPTION FEEDER
GUIDE ASSY 550 L
A
B
C
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
550 OPTION FEEDER
GUIDE ASSY 550 L GUIDE TRAY R 550
Confidential
A B C
COVER CST 550
A C
Kmy03004EA
2)-1
2)-2
COVER CST 550
Confidential
CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT
1. Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT.
A C
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
1. Pull the COVER CST 550 (OPT) toward you as far as it will go.
2. With the center of the COVER CST 550 (OPT) bowed a little, release the two tabs, and remove the
COVER CST 550 (OPT) fromthe 550 OPTION FEEDER.
A C
Kmy03077EA
2)-1
2)-2
COVER CST 550 (OPT)
Confidential
COVER RIGHT
1. Remove the four screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Pull the protrusion of the COVER RIGHT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT,
and remove the COVER RIGHT.
A
Kmy03235EA
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
COVER RIGHT
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 4211) that is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
2. Remove the clamp, which is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, together with the harness.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the GUIDE
TRAY R 550.
4. Pull out the guide pin on the bottom of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE fromthe square holes on the
GUIDE TRAY R 550, pull out the two guide pins from the hole on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, and
remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
A
Kmy03236EA
2)
3)
4)
1) (J4211)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
Confidential
GUIDE TRAY R 550
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the tab that secure the GUIDE TRAY R 550 to the FRAME ASSY OPT, slide the GUIDE
TRAY R 550 toward front to release the 12 tabs, and remove the GUIDE TRAY R 550 by laying it
inward.
A
Kmy03239EB
1)
GUIDE TRAY R 550
550 OPTION FEEDER
1. Remove the two SCREW J OINTs that secure 550 OPTION FEEDER to the main unit.
As this printer is heavy, it must be lifted horizontally by two or more people.
2. Lift up the main unit and remove the 550 OPTION FEEDER.
B
Kmy03076EA
1)
1)
2)
550 OPTION FEEDER
Confidential
COVER LEFT
1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Pull the protrusion of the COVER LEFT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, and
remove the COVER LEFT.
C
Kmy03232EA
1)
1)
2)
3)
COVER LEFT
GUIDE ASSY 550 L
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the GUIDE ASSY 550 L to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the tab that secures the GUIDE ASSY 550 L to the FRAME ASSY OPT, temporarily move
the GUIDE ASSY 550 L toward front to release the nine tabs, and remove the GUIDE ASSY 550 L
by laying it down inward.
C
Kmy03240EB
1)
2)-1
2)-2
2)-4
2)-3
GUIDE ASSY 550 L
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER LEFT
ROLL ASSY TURN
SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER
A
B
C
COVER LEFT
ROLL ASSY TURN
SENSOR PHOTO:
CST NO PAPER
Confidential
A B C
COVER LEFT
1. Remove the two screws (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
2. Release the two tabs that secure the COVER LEFT to the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Pull the protrusion of the COVER LEFT out of the concave surface of the FRAME ASSY OPT, and
remove the COVER LEFT.
A B C
Kmy03232EA
1)
1)
2)
3)
COVER LEFT
Confidential
COVER RIGHT
ASSY OPT.
A B C
Kmy03235EA
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
COVER RIGHT
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 4201) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT.
2. Loosen the three clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT, and remove the
harness.
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT to the ROLL ASSY TURN.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT from the ROLL ASSY TURN.
A B C
Kmy03233EB
2)
3)
4)
2)
2)
1) (J4201)
Confidential
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4213) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT.
2. Loosen the clamp that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT, and remove the
harness.
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT to the SHAFT FEED OPT.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT fromthe SHAFT FEED OPT.
A B C
Kmy03234EA
1) (J4213)
2)
3)
4)
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 4212) on the harness connected to the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT, and
pull out the connector through the hole in the FRAME ASSY OPT.
2. Remove the four screws (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secure the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT to
the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Release the two tabs that secure the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT to the FRAME ASSY OPT, and
release the two guide pins from the hole in the FRAME ASSY OPT.
NEXT>>
A B C
Kmy03241EA
2)
3) 3)
2) 2)
2)
1) (J4212)
Confidential
4. Release the protrusions on the left and right ends of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT fromthe
FRAME ASSY OPT, and remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT.
Kmy03242EA
4)-1
4)-1
4)-2
4)-2
ROLL ASSY TURN
1. Remove the two E-rings that secure the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
2. Remove the BEARING REGI (white) that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3. Remove the BEARING REGI E (black) that secures the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
Install the white BEARING on the right and the black BEARING on the left as shown in the
figure.
4. Temporarily slide the ROLL ASSY TURN toward left, pull out the right end of the ROLL ASSY
TURN from the CHUTE FDR OPT, and remove the ROLL ASSY TURN.
A
Kmy03243EA
1)
1)
4)
3) (Black)
2) (White)
ROLL ASSY TURN
Confidential
1. Loosen the HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER wrapped around the FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT, and
pull the harness toward the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
2. Remove the screw (silver, 6 mm) that secures the HOLDER NO SNR to the FEEDER ASSY UNIT
OPT, and remove the HOLDER NO SNR.
3. Release the three tabs that secure SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO SNR,
and remove the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
4. Disconnect the connector (P/J42121) of the SENSOR PHOTO:CST NO PAPER.
B
Kmy03244EB
1)-1
1)-2
3)
2)
4) (J42121)
1. While holding down the circular tab that secures the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 to the SUPPORT
NUDGER ASSY, disengage the three tabs, and remove the HOLDER NO PAPER L A4 by sliding it
sideways.
The stopper of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 should be placed underneath the
HOLDER NO PAPER L A4.
2. Pull out the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4 fromthe hole of the HOLDER NO PAPER R
A4, and remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4.
C
Kmy03245EA
2)
1)-1
1)-2
HOLDER NO
PAPER L A4
ACTUATOR
NO PAPER A4
Stopper
Tab
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
COVER RIGHT
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
PWBA FEED-H
A
B
C
D
COVER RIGHT
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Confidential
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
PWBA FEED-H
A B C D
Confidential
COVER RIGHT
ASSY OPT.
A B C D
Kmy03235EA
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
COVER RIGHT
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J 4201) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT.
2. Loosen the three clamps that secure the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT, and remove the
harness.
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT to the ROLL ASSY TURN.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT from the ROLL ASSY TURN.
A
Kmy03233EB
2)
3)
4)
2)
2)
1) (J4201)
Confidential
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4213) on the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT.
2. Loosen the clamp that secures the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT, and remove the
harness.
3. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT to the SHAFT FEED OPT.
4. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT fromthe SHAFT FEED OPT.
A B
Kmy03234EA
1) (J4213)
2)
3)
4)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
1. Disconnect the connectors (P/J4221 and P/J 4222) connected to the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR.
2. Loosen the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR and remove the harness that is connected to the
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR.
3. Remove the five screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR to the FRAME
ASSY OPT.
4. Remove the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR fromthe FRAME ASSY OPT.
Make sure that the positioning frame located in the front and in the rear of the DRIVE
ASSY OPT FDR is securely inserted into the square hole of the FRAME ASSY OPT.
A
Kmy03238EB
2)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
1) (J 4222)
1) (J 4221)
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Confidential
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
1. Disconnect the connector (P/J4211) that is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
2. Remove the clamp, which is connected to the SWITCH ASSY SIZE, together with the harness.
3. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 8 mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY SIZE to the GUIDE
TRAY R 550.
4. Pull out the guide pin on the bottom of the SWITCH ASSY SIZE fromthe square holes on the
GUIDE TRAY R 550, pull out the two guide pins fromthe hole on the GUIDE TRAY R 550, and
remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE.
C
Kmy03236EA
2)
3)
4)
1) (J4211)
SWITCH ASSY SIZE
PWBA FEED-H
1. Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA FEED-H. (P/J 419, P/J 420, P/J 421, P/J 422)
2. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) that secure the PWBA FEED-H to the FRAME ASSY OPT.
3. Remove the PWBA FEED-H from the FRAME ASSY OPT.
D
Kmy03237EA
1)
(P/J419)
(P/J420)
(P/J421)
(P/J422)
2)
3)
2)
2)
PWBA FEED-H
Confidential
DISASSEMBLED PARTS
LOCATION
Name Guide
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
A
B
C
D
E
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
Confidential
ROLL ASSY FEED (FEED, NUDGER)
A B C D E
Confidential
1. Release the tabs that secure the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the
GEAR PINION.
Move both the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward
as far as it will go and match their phases.
2. Slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to release the lock of the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03249EA
1)-1
1)-2
2)
3. Pinch the tab of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 and move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4
inward.
4. Move the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 inward.
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 A4.
6. While holding down the two tabs that secure the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 to the HOUSING
BASE RE 550, release the three tabs of the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4 from the cutouts of the
HOUSING BASE RE 550, and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE L 550 A4.
Kmy03250EA
5) GUIDE ASSY SIDE R
:Tab
3)-1
4)
6) GUIDE ASSY SIDE L
3)-2
Confidential
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
1. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the
right side to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two tabs with a mini screwdriver or a
similar tool, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550.
2. Remove the screw (silver, self-tapping, 10 mm) that secures the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the
left side to the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two tabs, and remove the PLATE GEAR
LOCK 550.
Before performing reassembly, be sure to slide the ACTUATOR RELEASE PB to unlock
the lock, and press the LEVER BTM LOCK to move up the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 as far
as it will go.
3. Release the tab on the GEAR PB R to remove it from the SHAFT PB A4.
NEXT>>
A
Kmy03247EA
3)-2
3)-1
2)
1)
4. Remove the SHAFT PB A4 from the PLATE ASSY BTM A4, and remove the STOPPER PB and the
GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
5. Pull out the two guide pins on the PLATE ASSY BTM A4 from the tabs on the HOUSING BASE RE
550, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM A4.
Kmy03248EA
4)-1
4)-2
4)-3
5)
5)
PLATE ASSY BTM A4
Confidential
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
1. Turn over the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT, release the two guide pins with a mini screwdriver or a
similar tool, release the down side of the HANDLE CST 550 OPT, and remove the HANDLE CST
550 OPT.
B
Kmy03246EA
1)-2
1)-2
1)-1
1)-1
HANDLE CST 550 OPT
1. Remove the screw (silver, brimmed, 8 mm) on the bottom of the CASSETTE ASSY 550 OPT that
secures the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550.
2. Pull the GUIDE ASSY CST END 550 toward you by pinching the tab, and remove the GUIDE
ASSY CST END 550.
C
Kmy03210EA
1)
2)-1
2)-2
Confidential
ASSY 550 OPT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
1. Release the tabs of the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC, and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
SECs from the shafts.
D
Kmy03078KA
1)-1
1)-1
1)-2
1)-2
ASSY 550 OPT and the other two in the FEEDER ASSY, and is provided in a set. When
1. Release the two tabs on the left and right sides of the COVER RTD CST, and open the COVER RTD CST.
2. Release the tab on the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC, and remove the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC
from the SHAFT RETARD.
E
Kmy03079EA
1)-1
1)-1
2)-1
2)-2
1)-2
Confidential
CHAP T E R
5
ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Items 382
Confidential
5.1 Adjustment Items
The following table shows the adjustment items required after fixing or replacing certain parts (units).
*1: Perform Color Registration Alignment (manual) if the misalignment in main-scanning direction is too severe to adjust by Color Registration Alignment (Auto).
Table 5-1. Adjustment Items
Parts Timing Adjustment Item Procedure Required Tools or Program Reference
---
When the printer is transported without replacing
the cartridge(s).
When the color registration seems misaligned.
Color Registration Alignment (Auto) Execute from the control panel.
---
See Page 383
Color Registration Alignment (Manual)
*1
See Page 384
Controller board After replacing the controller board with a new one. Write USB ID Execute from the special program. Special program See Page 385
PWBA MCU When replacing the PWBA MCU with a new one. EEPROM Data Backup
EEPROM Data Restore
Execute from the special program. MCU Maintenance Program See Page 387
When installing the PWBA MCU once used in other
printer.
MCU Initialize
ADJUSTMENT Adjustment 383
Confidential
5.2 Adjustment
5.2.1 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Auto)
PURPOSE
Automatically adjusts the registration position of each color precisely relative to black.
ADJUSTING COLOR REGISTRATION
1) Make sure the LCD panel displays Ready, then press the [ ] button to
access the control panel menus.
2) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Color Regist
Menu, then press the [ ] button twice.
CHECK
POINT
You may not be able to adjust the color registration when the
printer is in the sleep mode or when any error has occurred even if
you can select the item from the menu on the control panel.
Confidential
5.2.2 Adjusting Color Registration Alignment (Manual)
PURPOSE
After placing/resetting the printer after purchase or after long-distance transport, make
sure to print out a color registration sheet to see whether the color registration is
properly aligned. If color registration misalignment occurs, perform the adjustment
described below.
ADJUSTING COLOR REGISTRATION
Procedure
1) Hold [ ] and turn the power on to start AcuLaser C3800/C3800D in Support
Mode.
2) Make sure that the LCD panel displays Ready, then press the [ ] button
on the control panel.
3) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Print Adjust
Menu, then press the [ ] button.
4) Press the [ ] button several times until the LCD panel displays Color Regist
Sheet, then press the [ ] button.
5) Check the alignment of the lines at the zero position for each color. If the
color segment of the line is in alignment with the black segments on either
side to make one straight line, no adjustment is required for that color. If the
line segment are not aligned, adjust the registration as explained below.
Adjustment
1) Enter Print Adjust Menu.
2) Select XXXX Regist item for the color (Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow) that needs
adjustment, then press the [ ] button.
3) On the color registration sheet, find the line segments that are most closely
aligned, then use the [ ] or [ ] button to display the number that
corresponds to that pattern. Press the [ ] button to complete the
adjustment.
4) If necessary, print another color registration sheet for confirmation.
Figure 5-1. Color Registration Sheet
CHECK
POINT
Perform Color Registration Alignment (manual) if the
misalignment in main-scanning direction is too severe to adjust
by Color Registration Alignment (Auto).
If the misalignment is not corrected on the first time, repeat the
adjustment until you get satisfactory results.
Confidential
5.2.3 Writing USB ID
PURPOSE
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D comes with the USB interface as a
standard, and the computer connected to the AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/
C3800D via the USB interface identifies the printer by referring to the USB ID
information unique to each printer.
Since this USB ID information is stored on EEPROM on the main board of the printer,
you have to re-define the ID information by following the procedure described below
after replacing the main board for repair.
TOOL
The program required for writing USB ID and the system requirements are as follows:
Program
PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe
System requirements
OS: Windows 95/98/ME/2000/XP
Port used: LPT, USB
INSTALLATION AND THE OPERATION OF THE PROGRAM
1) Copy all the files related to PPInitSetting program and save them into one
folder.
2) Double-click the program icon [ ] to start the program.
3) Select the model name from [Model Selection].
4) Select the port used to connect the printer from [Port Selection].
Figure 5-2. Operation of the Program
CHECK
POINT
Be sure to save a complete set of files related to PPInitSetting
program into one folder.
CHECK
POINT
When you select Auto selection, the computer automatically
detects the connected printers and starts communicating with the
one detected first. When two or more printers are connected,
specify the target port to avoid unexpected connection.
Confidential
WRITING METHOD
The method for writing USB ID varies according to the conditions of the main board. Be sure to figure out the appropriate method with reference to the following table.
For details on how to write the ID, follow the instructions shown in the program.
Store optional ID Store auto-generated NEW ID OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
CONFIRMING THE ID
When the writing USB ID is completed, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the printer.
(Refer to 7.4.1 Status Sheet (p.413))
Table 5-2. Writing Method
Main Board Condition Previous ID Check
Writing Method
(Button Name)
Description
Communication between the computer
and the main board is impossible
The previous ID can be confirmed with a printed paper such
as a status sheet.
Store optional ID Enter the previous ID to write it into new main board.
The previous ID cannot be confirmed by any means. Store auto-generated NEW ID The program automatically creates new ID from the serial
number of the printer. Write the ID into new main board.
Communication between the computer
and the main board is possible
(The previous ID can be read from the previous main board.) OLD ID Retrieval/Restore Retrieve the ID from the old board, and enter the ID into
new board.
Confidential
5.2.4 MCU Maintenance Program
PURPOSE
EEPROM on a PWBA MCU stores information unique to each printer.
When replacing the PWBA MCU, follow the procedure below to back up the
information saved in the current EEPROM and write it into the one on a new PWBA
MCU.
TOOL
Program
MCU Maintenance Program
System requirements
OS: Windows 2000/XP
Port used: USB
Interface
When replacing a PWBA MCU, verify that the version of the
firmware on a new PWBA MCU matches the version of the
previous PWBA MCU. If not, be sure to make them match each
other by either upgrading or downgrading the firmware.
Do not replace both PWBA EEPROM XPRO and PWBA MCU
at a time.
CHECK
POINT
When the printer is turned on for the first time after the PWBA
MCU is replaced, the information unique to each printer is
automatically saved into a memory on the new board. Due to this
reason, the board becomes unique to specific printer, and the board
can no longer be used in other printer.
To use the PWBA MCU into which specific information is already
written in other printer, execute MCU Initialize.
Confidential
OUTLINE OF FUNCTION
Following operations can be accomplished using the program.
1) EEPROM Data Backup
Backs up the data stored in a EEPROM on a PWBA MCU.
2) EEPROM Data Restore
Writes the data, which was backed up in the above step, into a EEPROM on a
PWBA MCU.
3) MCU Initialize
Initializes a EEPROM on a PWBA MCU.
When replacing a PWBA MCU due to an error Service Req E900,
do not perform EEPROM Data Backup or EEPROM Data
Restore. If data corruption has causing the error, the same error
may arise after executing the operations.
Confidential
CHAP T E R
6
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement 390
Confidential
6.1 Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement
CONSUMABLE PRODUCTS
Note that the values (printable pages) given in the following tables are guidelines, not an absolute specifications.
The life could become less than a half of the given numbers due to many factors; such as intermittent printing (repeating to print only a few copies for each
print job), paper type (especially thick paper), paper size, paper orientation, print data (image or document), frequent power-on/off, and so on.
Table 6-1. Consumable Products
Product Name Configuration
Product
Code
Service Life
*
(printable pages)
Replacement
Massage
Remark
High capacity imaging cartridge Yellow Toner hopper
Development roller
Photoconductor
Waste toner box
1158 6,000 Replace Toner Y Outer dimensions of high capacity imaging
cartridge and standard capacity imaging
cartridge are the same.
When the error LED is flashing, you can
continue printing in monochrome by pressing
the [Start/Stop] button.
Printing is impossible when the error LED is lit.
Magenta 1159 6,000 Replace Toner M
Cyan 1160 6,000 Replace Toner C
Black 1161 8,000 Replace Toner K
Standard capacity imaging cartridge Yellow 1162 2,000 Replace Toner Y
Black 1165 3,000
TRANSFER UNIT Transport belt
Bias transfer roller
Waste toner box
3024 100,000 Replace Transfer Unit Printing is impossible.
Replace the unit immediately.
FUSER UNIT (110-120 V) Heat roller
Quarts lamp (for 120 V)
3026 100,000 Replace Fuser The FUSER UNIT has reached the end of its
service life. Replace the unit immediately.
You can continue printing, but print quality is
not guaranteed while this message is displayed.
3025 100,000
MAINTENANCE Consumable Products/Products that Require Periodic Replacement 391
Confidential
*: Average values for A4, continuous printing at 5% image occupancy ratio.
PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE PERIODIC REPLACEMENT
Table 6-2. Consumable Products
Product
Code
Service Life
*
(printable pages)
Replacement
Massage
Remark
High capacity imaging cartridge Yellow Toner hopper
Development roller
Photoconductor
Waste toner box
1124 9,000 Replace Toner Y Outer dimensions of high capacity imaging
cartridge and standard capacity imaging
cartridge are the same.
When the error LED is flashing, you can
continue printing in monochrome by pressing
the [Start/Stop] button.
Printing is impossible when the error LED is lit.
Black 1127 9,500 Replace Toner K
Standard capacity imaging cartridge Yellow 1128 5,000 Replace Toner Y
TRANSFER UNIT Transport belt
Bias transfer roller
Waste toner box
3024 100,000 Replace Transfer Unit Printing is impossible.
Replace the unit immediately.
3026 100,000 Replace Fuser The FUSER UNIT has reached the end of its
service life. Replace the unit immediately.
You can continue printing, but print quality is
not guaranteed while this message is displayed.
3025 100,000
Table 6-3. Products that Require Periodic Replacement
Service Life
(printable pages)
Replacement Massages Remark
KIT ROLL ASSY
FEED SEC
Retard roller 200,000 --- Retard, feed, and nudger rollers are exactly the same parts, their names vary according to the
installation positions. These rollers are provided in a set as an ASP by the name of "KIT ROLL
ASSY FEED SEC", be sure to replace these rollers at one time.
Replacement messages do not appear on the panel.
Replace these rollers if paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled, folded or torn at frequent intervals.
Feed roller 200,000 ---
Nudger roller 200,000 ---
HOLDER ASSY
RETARD MSI
Retard roller 30,000 --- Replacement messages do not appear on the panel.
Replace the roller if paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled, folded or torn at frequent intervals.
MAINTENANCE Cleaning 392
Confidential
6.2 Cleaning
While at maintenance work, perform the cleaning procedure as described below.
MAIN UNIT
Outer cover
Clean it with a soft, clean cloth moistened with a mild detergent.
Figure 6-1. Outer Cover
Table 6-4. Cleaning
Unit Part Timing
Main unit Outer cover When the cover looks soiled.
MP tray Feed roller When paper is jammed, skewed, wrinkled,
folded or torn at frequent intervals
Retard roller
Standard lower
paper cassette
Feed roller/
Nudger roller
Retard roller
550-sheet paper
cassette unit
Feed roller/
Nudger roller
Retard roller
To prevent an electric shock, burn, injury, etc., always turn the
printer off and unplug the power cord before starting cleaning.
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer cover. These
chemicals can damage the components as well as the cover.
Be careful not to get water onto the printer mechanism or any
electrical components.
Do not use a hard or abrasive brush or cloth to clean the
printer. To do so may cause discoloration or deformation of the
printer cover.
Confidential
MP TRAY
Feed roller
1. Pull out the standard lower paper cassette.
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller with a well-wrung wet cloth.
3. Insert the standard lower paper cassette.
Figure 6-2. Feed Roller (MP Tray)
Retard roller
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the retard roller with a well-wrung wet cloth.
Figure 6-3. Retard Roller (MP Tray)
STANDARD LOWER PAPER CASSETTE
Feed roller/Nudger roller
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller and the nudger roller with a well-
wrung wet cloth.
Figure 6-4. Feed Roller/Nudger Roller (Standard Lower Paper Cassette)
Retard roller
Figure 6-5. Retard Roller (Standard Lower Paper Cassette)
Feed Roller
Retard Roller
Feed Roller
Nudger Roller
Retard Roller
Confidential
550-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT
Feed roller/Nudger roller
1. Pull out the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
2. Gently wipe the rubber parts of the feed roller and the nudger roller with a well-
wrung wet cloth.
3. Insert the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
Figure 6-6. Feed Roller/Nudger Roller (550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit)
Retard roller
1. Pull out the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
3. Insert the 550-sheet paper cassette unit.
Figure 6-7. Retard Roller (550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit)
Feed Roller
Nudger Roller
Retard Roller
Confidential
CHAP T E R
7
APPENDIX
APPENDIX Connectors 396
Confidential
7.1 Connectors
7.1.1 List of Plugs and Jacks
MAIN UNIT
Figure 7-1. Main Unit P/J Layout Diagram (1)
P/J
CN No.
Coordinates Connection
171 H-106 FUSER and HARNESS ASSY FUSER
211 H-107 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
221 H-108 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
222 G-109 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Deve Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
236 H-111 SOLENOID FEED MSI and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
251 H-110 DRIVE ASSY PH (PH Motor) and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
272 I-110 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
275 I-108 HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
276 I-109 HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
2721 B-107 TRANSFER UNIT and HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
2751 E-110 MSI No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP
2761 I-107 DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Exit Clutch) and HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT
27211 C-108 PWBA EEPROM (BELT) and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER
UNIT)
27212 D-107 ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER UNIT)
27213 D-107 ADC Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY BELT (TRANSFER UNIT)
CN1 E-106 CONTROL PANEL and HARNESS ASSY-CON F
OP2 I-109 HARNESS ASSY-CON F and HARNESS ASSY-CON R
OP3 I-109 HARNESS ASSY-CON F and HARNESS ASSY-CON R
171 CN1
211
2761
275
221
276
222
OP2
OP3
272
2721
27213
27212
27211
236
2751
251
A
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
101
B C D E F G H I J K L
Kmy04001EA
Confidential
P/J
CN No.
121 H-122 ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS
191 H-124 SENSOR ASSY CRU (Y) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
192 H-124 SENSOR ASSY CRU (M) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
193 H-122 SENSOR ASSY CRU (K) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
194 H-123 SENSOR ASSY CRU (C) and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
231 I-125 SWITCH ASSY SIZE and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
232 H-125 FEEDER ASSY (HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR) and HARNESS
ASSY R SIDE
233 H-123 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
234 I-124 FEEDER ASSY (CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN) and HARNESS ASSY
R SIDE
235 H-123 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
241 I-125 HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR and HARNESS ASSY OHP
273 H-126 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE and 550 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS
ASSY FDR UNIT)
311 G-124 CRUM Sensor (Y) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
312 G-123 CRUM Sensor (M) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
313 G-122 CRUM Sensor (C) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
314 G-122 CRUM Sensor (K) and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
2321 D-125 FEEDER ASSY (CST No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY REGI
SNR
2322 E-125 FEEDER ASSY (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR
2411 F-125 PWBA OHP SNR and HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
2412 F-125 PWBA OHP LED and HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
193
121
194
235
233
234
192
191
232
231
314
313
312
311
273
2322
2412
2411
2321
241
A
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
116
Kmy04002EA
Confidential
P/J
CN No.
141 I-136 LED ASSY and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
161 G-136 HVPS and PWBA MCU (P161 is soldered onto the board.)
181 I-139 DISPENSER ASSY (Y) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
182 H-138 DISPENSER ASSY (M) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
183 H-136 DISPENSER ASSY (K) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
184 H-137 DISPENSER ASSY (C) and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
5041 D-138 Not used
CN405 E-140 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY-CON R
CN411 D-140 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY USB
CN501 C-137 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
CN601 E-138 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY ESS
CN602 F-138 BOARD ASSY, MAIN and HARNESS ASSY VIDEO
161 CN602
184
183
141
182
181
CN601
CN501
5041
CN405
CN411
A
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
131
Kmy04003EA
Confidential
P/J CN
No.
10 D-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS
11 D-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY VIDEO
12 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS
14 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
15 B-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
16 C-156 PWBA MCU and HVPS
17 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER
18 B-157 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
19 C-156 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
21 B-158 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
24 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OHP
26 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HUM
27 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
31 C-159 PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY CRUM
40 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP
44 E-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
47 E-150 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER
48 E-150 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY INLET
101 C-158 Not used
261 H-152 SENSOR HUM and HARNESS ASSY HUM
274 D-153 PWBA EEPROM XPRO and HARNESS ASSY R SIDE
481 E-152 SWITCH POWER and HARNESS ASSY INLET
503 F-149 LVPS and FAN MAIN
504 F-149 LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LV TOP S
CN2 B-150 PWBA USB and HARNESS ASSY USB
261
44
47
48
502
501
274
481
504 503
40
17 16 12
27 26 24 31
14
11
10
19
15
18
22
21
25
23
101
CN2
A
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
146
Kmy04004EA
*CN1 is written on the board.
Confidential
DUPLEX UNIT
Figure 7-5. Duplex Unit P/J Layout Diagram
P/J CN
No.
1 E-168 Not used
427 F-168 PWBA DUP and FAN DUP
428 F-168 PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT
429 F-169 PWBA DUP and MOTOR ASSY DUP
430 F-168 PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
431 F-168 PWBA DUP and CLUTCH DUP
2720 I-169 DUPLEX ASSY (HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT) and PRINTER
4301 E-167 DUP J am Sensor and HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
1
427
430
431
428
4301
2720
429
A
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
161
Kmy04005EA
Confidential
550-SHEET PAPER CASSETTE UNIT
Figure 7-6. 550-sheet Paper Cassette Unit P/J Layout Diagram
P/J CN
No.
1 G-180 Not used
273 H-183 550 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT) and
PRINTER
419 G-180 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT
420 G-180 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
421 G-179 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
422 G-179 PWBA FEED-H and HARNESS ASSY C2 MOT
423 G-180 Not used
4201 H-185 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN and HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
4202 H-185 Not used
4211 I-184 SWITCH ASSY SIZE and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
4212 H-184 HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE and HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER
4213 H-185 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED and HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
4221 G-185 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY C2
MOT
4222 G-185 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY C2
MOT
42121 D-183 C2 CST No Paper Sensor and HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER
273
4211
4212
4213
4202
4201
4221 4222
42121
422
421
419
423
420
1
A
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
176
Kmy04006EA
*CN1 and CN2 are written on the board.
APPENDIX Control Panel Special Features 402
Confidential
7.2 Control Panel Special Features
The control panel of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D has the special features as described in the table below.
7.2.1 Operational Procedures and Functions
Do not disclose this information (except for Support mode) to users
as these features are for product development and servicing.
Table 7-1. Control Panel Special Features
Feature Operational Procedure Function and Utilization
Support mode Hold down [ ] and turn the power on. Adds Support Menu and Printer Adjust Menu to the panel menu.
For details on each menu, see Support Menu (p.403) and Printer Adjust Menu (p.404).
Panel setting initialization Hold down [Cancel J ob] and turn the power on. Values set from the control panel are all initialized.
Flash ROM A forced clear Hold down [Cancel J ob] +[ ] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on. Clears information saved in Flash ROM module that is inserted into DIMM slot A.
Program ROM update Hold down [Start/Stop] +[Cancel J ob] +[ ] and turn the power on. Updates the program ROM.
For operational procedures, see 7.3 Firmware Update (p.406).
ROM module copy Hold down [Start/Stop] +[Cancel J ob] +[ ] and turn the power on. Copies information in ROM module and saves it into another ROM module.
Maintenance mode Hold down [ ] +[ ] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on. Adds Maintenance Menu to the panel menu.
For details on each menu, see Maintenance Menu (p.403).
Engine controller update Hold down [Start/Stop] +[Cancel J ob] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power
on.
Updates engine controller firmware.
For operational procedures, see 7.3 Firmware Update (p.406).
RAM check (all area) Hold down [Start/Stop] +[ ] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on. Checks RAM (all area) at power-on. Perform this check when a controller-related error is
occurred in order to identify if the cause of the problem is the RAM or not.
CPU reset
(when a service call error occurs)
Press [Cancel J ob] +[ ] +[ ] +[ ] +[ ] when a service call
error occurs.
For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
Detailed information display
(when a service call error occurs)
Press [Cancel J ob] +[ ] +[ ] when a service call error occurs. For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
Error sheet print Press [ ] after resetting the CPU when a service call error occurs. For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
Confidential
7.2.2 Special Menu
SUPPORT MENU
Selects the control on the backlight of the LCD panel.
MAINTENANCE MENU
CHECK
POINT
The underlined values in the following tables are default factory
settings.
Menu Option
Printer status
Power-off
Power-on to
Ready
Sleep Other
LCD Backlight Auto OFF ON OFF ON
On OFF ON ON ON
Off OFF ON OFF OFF
Menu Option Function
Engine Status Sheet Execute Prints an engine status sheet. Make sure that an engine-
related error is not occurring when printing the sheet.
See Engine Status Sheet (p.414) for details.
Print Log Report Execute Prints a print log report. Make sure that an engine-related
error is not occurring when printing the sheet.
See Print Log Report (p.417) for details.
Clear Error Log Execute Clears error log saved to be printed on an engine status
sheet.
Confidential
PRINTER ADJUST MENU
Normal 0 ~1 Selects the paper type to be notified to the engine when Normal is selected for paper type.
0: PlainPaper-L (full speed) 1: PlainPaper-H (full speed)
Thick 0 ~1 Selects the print speed to be notified to the engine when Thick is selected for paper type.
0: Normal mode 1: Half speed mode
Coated 0 ~2 Selects the paper type to be notified to the engine when Coated is selected for paper type.
0: CoatedPaper-H (half speed) 1: CoatedPaper-M (half speed) 2: CoatedPaper-L (full speed)
Transfer Normal
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Normal is selected for paper type.
Transfer Label
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Label is selected for paper type.
Transfer Thick
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Thick is selected for paper type.
Transfer ExtraThk
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when ExtraThk is selected for paper type.
Transfer Trnsprnc
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Trnsprnc is selected for paper type.
Transfer Envelope
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Envelope is selected for paper type.
Transfer SemiThk
*1*2
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when SemiThk is selected for paper type.
Transfer Coated
*1*3
-3 ~0 ~3 Selects the transfer current when Coated is selected for paper type.
Temp Normal
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Normal is selected for paper type.
Temp Label
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Label is selected for paper type.
Temp Thick
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Thick is selected for paper type.
Temp ExtraThk
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when ExtraThk is selected for paper type.
Temp Trnsprnc
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Trnsprnc is selected for paper type.
Temp Envelope
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Envelope is selected for paper type.
Temp SemiThk
*4*5
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when SemiThk is selected for paper type.
Temp Coated
*3*4
-6 ~0 ~6 Selects the fuser temperature when Coated is selected for paper type.
Charger 0 ~3
*6
Specifies electrostatic potential for printing.
FeedOffset -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Adjusts offset in sub-scanning direction in printing.
Scan Offset -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Adjusts offset in main scanning direction in printing.
Feed Offset2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Adjusts offset in sub-scanning direction when printing on back side of paper in duplex printing.
Scan Offset2 -3.5 ~0.0 ~3.5 Adjusts offset in main scanning direction when printing on back side of paper in duplex printing.
Calibration Execute Executes AIDC (Auto Image Density Control).
Confidential
*1:The value can be selected from -3 to +3 in one step. Print image will become darker as the value increases.
*2:The setting will be effective for all the paper types (for both sides) selected when Normal is set for Printer Adjust Menu.
*3:The setting will be effective for all the paper types (for both sides) selected when Coated is set for Printer Adjust Menu.
*4:The value can be selected from -6 to 6 in one step. Toner fixability will become solid as the value increases, however, too much temperature will cause paper to be curled.
*5:The setting will be effective for PlainPaper-L and Plain Paper-H (for both sides).
*6:Adjustable from 0 to 3. Print results become thicker as the number increases. The change will be in effect after printing 25 sheets (at maximum).
*7:Adjustable from -36 to 36. The change will be in effect once [ ] is pressed.
Color Regist Sheet --- Prints a Color Registration Sheet. Examine the printout patterns for each of the three colors, and select the number for the most
densely printed line or the number for the most closely aligned line with black one. Then, enter those numbers for Yellow, Magenta,
and Cyan Regist.
Cyan Regist
*7
-36 ~0.0 ~36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Cyan, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
Magenta Regist
*7
-36 ~0.0 ~36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Magenta, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
Yellow Regist
*7
-36 ~0.0 ~36 Manually adjusts a start position for laser beam scanning (Yellow, in relation to Black) in increments of 1/4 dot of 600 dpi.
APPENDIX Firmware Update 406
Confidential
7.3 Firmware Update
OVERVIEW
Firmware update is performed by transmitting the firmware data file from computer to
AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D via USB interface.
TOOL
Computer (OS: Windows)
Firmware Update Tool
Software tool for transmitting the firmware data file to printer via USB interface.
Unit Data Format
Operation
Panel Operation Tool
Main Controller RCC Not required Required
CRB Required Required
Engine Controller MOT Required Required
Confidential
MAIN CONTROLLER FIRMWARE UPDATE

Procedure
Method 1 Method 2
LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
1
Check the current
firmware version
Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware
version.
Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware
version.
---
2
Connect the printer to the
computer
Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable.
Confirm that Ready is displayed on the LCD panel.
Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect
them with a USB cable.
---
3
Prepare the firmware data
file
Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file
(extension: RCC), and save it onto the computer.
Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file
(extension: CRB), and save it onto the computer.
---
4 Start up the printer
---
Hold down [Start/Stop] +[Cancel J ob] +[ ] and turn the
printer on. The printer will start up in Program ROM
update mode.
5 Prepare to transmit the file
Run the Firmware Update Tool.
Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware
Update Tool window.
Update Tool window.
---
Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to
disconnect other interface cables from the
product.
Program Device
Version XX.XX
Please Send Data
Confidential
6 Transmit the data
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window. Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window.
7 Perform the update
When the printer starts to receive the file or begins
rewriting, the data LED flashes and the message ROM P
Writing appears on the LCD panel.
When the transfer is complete, the Completion window
pops up. Click [OK].
Confirm that both old and new firmware versions are
displayed on the LCD panel, and press the [ ] button
on the control panel.
The Completion window will be displayed when the
data transfer is finished. Click [OK].

8 Confirm the checksum
---
When the program update is finished, the checksum
appears on the LCD panel.
Confirm the checksum.
9 Reboot the printer
After confirming the data LED is turned off and the LCD
panel displays Ready, turn the printer power off and
turn back on again.
Press [ ].
The printer automatically reboots.
---
Procedure
Method 1 Method 2
LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
Program Device
Version XX.XX
OLD: XXXX NEW: XXXX
Program Device
Version XX.XX
Erasing Device
Program Device
Version XX.XX
PRG XXXXXXXX
Program Device
Version XX.XX
Code=
XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
Total=
XXXX, XXXX, XXXX, XXXX
Confidential
10 Print a status sheet Print a status sheet. Print a status sheet.
---
11
Check the firmware
version on the status sheet
Confirm that the firmware has been updated properly by
comparing the status sheet with the one printed in step 1.
Refer to 7.4.1 Status Sheet (p.413)
Confirm that the program firmware version has been
updated correctly by comparing the status sheet with that
printed in step 1. Refer to 7.4.1 Status Sheet (p.413)
---
Procedure
Method 1 Method 2
LCD Panel
(RCC) (CRB)
Confidential
ENGINE CONTROLLER FIRMWARE UPDATE
Procedure Method LCD Panel
1 Check the current firmware version Print a status sheet or a engine status sheet, and check the current firmware version. ---
2 Connect the printer to the computer.
Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect them with a USB cable.
---
3 Prepare the firmware data file
Turn the computer back on, copy the firmware data file (extension: MOT), and save it into any route
directory of the computer.
---
4
Start up the printer
Hold down [Start/Stop] +[Cancel J ob] +[ ] +[ ] and turn the power on.
The printer will start up in Engine controller update mode.
Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to disconnect other interface cables from
the product.
Engine Firmware Update
EFU Ver. XXX
Please send EFU data
Confidential
5
Prepare to transmit the file
Update Tool window.
---
6
Transmit the data
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool screen.
send size=XXX
SENT SIZE=XXX
Type: XXX sum=XXX
Confidential
7 Perform the update
Press the [ ] button on the control panel of the printer.
A Completion pop-up window will appear when the transmission
is finished. Click the [OK].
8 Confirm the checksum
When updating the program data is finished, the checksum will be indicated on the LCD panel.
Confirm the checksum.
9 Reboot the printer
Turn the printer off and back on.
---
10 Print a status sheet
Print a status sheet or a engine status sheet.
---
11
Check the firmware version on the status
sheet
Compare the firmware version printed on the status sheet or the engine status sheet with the one on the
sheet printed in step 1, and confirm that the firmware is updated.
---
Writing: Erasing
Writing: Size=XXX
TYPE: XXX SUM: XXX
APPENDIX Information Sheets 413
Confidential
7.4 Information Sheets
7.4.1 Status Sheet
Table 7-2. Status Sheet
Location Item Description
1 Information Shows the information on consumable products and the number of
printed pages.
2 Default settings Shows the settings acquired from and set through the control panel.
3 Hardware
configuration
Shows the hardware configuration such as serial number, installed
memory, and interface.
4 Color
calibration
Shows the date that calibration data was created.
G: Gradation priority D: Definition (Resolution) priority
1200: 1200 dpi 600: 600 dpi
5 Footer Shows the following information:
IAddyme: Controller firmware date
* DIMM writable (space: NOT writable)
Axxxx: Color Look Up Table version
(@xxxx: Optional ROM CMTD installed
in the expansion slot)
MCxxxxxxxxxx: Engine controller version
xxPxxxxxxxxxxYMMD: USB serial No.
H: USB connection
(H: HS, F: FS, space: NOT connected)
D: USB connection (D: D4 compatible,
space: D4 NOT compatible)
3: Type-B level (3: L3 Type-B,
space: NOT L3 Type-B)
e: e: ECP, n: Nibble, none: Compatibility
J Cxxxxxx: Number of times of paper jam
ICcccmmmyyykkk: Number of times that imaging cartridges
were replaced
CCCMMMYYYKKK: Number of times that non genuine toner
error was cleared
1
5
4
3
2
Confidential
7.4.2 Engine Status Sheet
Table 7-3. Engine Status Sheet
Location Item Unit Description
1 Total counts Total pages Pages Total number of printed pages
Total planes Planes Total number of printed images
(Monochrome: one image per page,
Color: four images per page)
Color pages Pages Total number of color printed pages
J am counts Number
of times
Total number of paper jam
2 ET cartridge
(for each color)
Dispense,
Life
--- Dispense time
Dispense life
Dev,
Drum
--- Dev round time
Drum round time
Waste,
Dots
--- Waste toner count
Total dots
Change,
Used
Number
of times
Total number of times that new cartridge
was detected
Total number of times that toner ID was
changed
ID --- Toner ID
(YYMMDDLLSSSS: Year, Month, Day,
Line, Serial)
3 Fuser unit, change Pages,
Number
of times
Total number of planes printed with the
fuser unit
Total number of times that new fuser
unit was detected
4 Transfer unit, change Pages,
Number
of times
Total number of planes printed with the
transfer unit
Total number of times that new transfer
unit was detected
Round,
Waste
--- Round time
Waste toner count
5 Transfer offset,
fuser offset
(Printer adjust
menu)
Normal --- Set values of transfer normal and temp
normal
Label --- Set values of transfer label and temp label
Thick --- Set values of transfer thick and temp thick
Extra thick --- Set values of transfer extra thk and temp
extra thk
Transparency --- Set values of transfer trnsprnc and temp
trnsprnc
Envelope --- Set values of transfer envelope and temp
envelope
Semi thick --- Set values of transfer semithk and temp
semithk
Coated --- Set values of transfer coated and temp
coated
6 Paper type select
(Printer adjust
menu)
Normal --- Set value of normal
Thick --- Set value of thick
Coated --- Set value of coated
7 Power on Number
of times
Number of times that the power is turned on
8 Sleep Number
of times
Number of times that the printer recovers
from sleep mode
9 Engine version MCU --- The engine controller firmware version (10-
digit number)
Duplex --- The duplex unit firmware version (10-digit
number) Only displayed when the duplex
unit is installed.)
Cassette2 --- The optional paper cassette firmware
version (10-digit number) Only displayed
when the cassette is installed.
10 Error log --- Panel messages, EJ L status codes, total
pages, jam codes, paper sizes, paper types,
and dates of the last 20 errors. Recorded
errors are paper jams and service call errors
that occurred when the printer was in
Ready mode. Most recent error appears
first.
Table 7-3. Engine Status Sheet
Confidential
INTERPRETING ERROR LOG
J am
Indicates the location of the paper jam using an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
See Table 7-4 Paper J am Code (p416) on analyzing jam codes.
Size
Indicates the paper size in English character strings as shown on the LCD panel.
Type
Indicates the specified media in decimal number.
Date and time
Displays the date and time that the jam occurred by converting the time into the
current local time. The format for the time is yy/mm/dd hh:mm.
--/--/-- --:-- appears when the time is not synchronized with the clock.
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
Confidential
Note : If you cannot find the corresponding code in the table, multiple paper jam may be
occurring. In that case, convert the displayed code (hexadecimal number) into binary
number and find the combination in the table.
e.g.) 00002080 (hexadecimal number) 00100000 10000000 (binary number)
00100000 00000000 +00000000 10000000 Duplex J am 3 +Reg J am 1
Table 7-4. Paper Jam Code
Hexadecimal number
(Engine status indication)
Bit Binary number Description
00040000 18 100 00000000 00000000Remain at Dup
00020000 17 10 00000000 00000000Remain at Exit
00010000 16 1 00000000 00000000Remain at Reg
00008000 15 10000000 00000000---
00004000 14 1000000 00000000Duplex J am 4
00002000 13 100000 00000000Duplex J am 3
00001000 12 10000 00000000Duplex J am 2
00000800 11 1000 00000000Duplex J am 1
00000400 10 100 00000000Exit J am 2
00000200 9 10 00000000Exit J am 1
00000100 8 1 00000000Reg J am 2
00000080 7 10000000Reg J am 1
00000040 6 1000000Feed J am
00000020 5 100000---
00000010 4 10000---
00000008 3 1000Tray2 Misfeed J am
00000004 2 100Tray1 Misfeed J am
00000002 1 10MSI Misfeed J am
00000001 0 1---
Confidential
7.4.3 Print Log Report
*: AcuLaser C2800/C2800D only.
Table 7-5. Print Log Report
1 S/N --- Serial number of the main unit
2 Date --- Local time (yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm)
--/--/-- --:-- appears when the time is
not synchronized with the clock
3 Toner remain (for each
color)
% Amount of remaining toner
4 Print of
papers
Total Pages Total number of printed pages per paper size
Mono simplex Number of printed monochrome simplex
pages
duplex Number of printed monochrome duplex
pages
Color simplex Number of printed color simplex pages
duplex Number of printed color duplex pages
5 Print of mode Pages Total number of printed pages per print mode
6 Coverage duty % Average print ratio (number of dots per page)
of each color
The value is averaged each time the printer
prints one page
7 Dots/1% Number
of dots
Number of dots printed with the amount of
1% of each toner
The value is updated each time the printer
uses the amount of 1% of toner
8 Estimate Pages Number of printable pages with the
remaining quantity of each color
Calculated with reference to Coverage duty
and Dots/1%
9
*
Toner
cartridge
record
Current Genuineness Displays each current toner cartridge is
genuine or not.
Current Pages Displays the total printed pages of each
current toner cartridge at the time of printing
Print Log Report.
1 record prior Genuineness Displays the genuineness of each last toner
cartridge.
1 record prior Pages Displays the total printed pages of each toner
cartridge from the last exchange.
2 record prior Genuineness Displays the genuineness of each toner
cartridge (the one before last).
2 record prior Pages Displays the total printed pages of each toner
cartridge from the exchange before last.
Table 7-5. Print Log Report
Confidential
*: AcuLaser C2800/C2800D only.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
APPENDIX Exploded diagrams and Parts List 419
Confidential
7.5 Exploded diagrams and Parts List
The exploded diagrams and the parts list of AcuLaser C3800/C3800D are shown on the
pages that follow. (Total: 44 pages)
Rev.01 C648 FOR EPSON AcuLaserC3800N/DN NO.1-1
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C648-CASE-011
01-01-06
01-01-10
Kmy05001EB
01-01-03
01-01-07
01-01-05
01-01-04
01-01-02
01-01-01
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
01-01-01 COVER TOP ASSY E
01-01-02 COVER EXTENTION 1 E
01-01-03 COVER EXTENTION 2 E
01-01-04 COVER REAR E
01-01-05 COVER CST 550 E
01-01-06 COVER SIDE R E
01-01-07 COVER SIDE L E
01-01-10 COVER SIDE IF
A
Front
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
C648-CASE-021
01-02-07
01-02-36
(P2721)
(P2720)
(J272)
Kmy05002EC
01-02-04
01-02-23
01-02-18
01-02-19
01-02-30
01-02-30
01-02-29
01-02-20
01-02-22
01-02-21
01-02-17
01-02-17
01-02-14
01-02-31
01-02-11
01-02-16
01-02-15
01-02-08
01-02-08
01-02-05
01-02-04
01-02-03
01-02-09
01-02-32
(with 29,32) 01-02-24
01-02-100
A
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
01-02-03 SPRING LATCH
01-02-04 LATCH FRONT
01-02-05 KIT COVER ASSY HARN SEC
01-02-07 CONTACT FRONT
01-02-08 SHAFT PIVOT
01-02-09 KIT COVER ASSY FRONT SEC
01-02-100 LOGO PLATE,13X54;C
01-02-11 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER
01-02-14 HOLDER DRAWER
01-02-15 HARNESS
01-02-16 CONTROL PANELMAIN-PANEL
01-02-17 PIN PIVOT MSI
01-02-18 SHAFT LEVER
01-02-19 PLATE PIVOT
01-02-20 LEVER MSI 1
01-02-21 SPRING LEVER MSI
01-02-22 SPIRNG LEVER LINK
01-02-23 LEVER MSI 2
01-02-24 COVER ASSY MSI E
01-02-29 COVER MSI E
01-02-30 SHAFT PIVOT MSI
01-02-31 HARNESS ASSY FRONT COVER EARTH2
01-02-32 KIT TRAY ASSY MSI SEC
01-02-36 SPRING
Only numbered Service Parts are available. C648-ELEC-011
09-01-80
(J481)
(J48)
09-01-24
(only ECC,ETT)
09-01-21
09-01-20
09-01-19
(P274)
(J503)
(J44)
09-01-03
09-01-01
09-01-11
09-01-08
09-01-05
Kmy05012EC
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
09-01-01 PWBA EEPROM XPRO
09-01-03 BOARD ASSY I/F6202A,WW
09-01-05 HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK
09-01-08 PSLV 200V STD
09-01-11 FAN MAIN
09-01-19 SENSOR HUM
09-01-20 PWBA MCU KMY S
09-01-21 POWER CORD
09-01-22 HARNESS ASSY INLET 200V S
09-01-24 POWER SWITCH110K1157X
Front
C648-ELEC-021
09-02-17
09-02-03
09-02-03
09-02-15
09-02-14
09-02-11
09-02-10
09-02-09
09-02-08
09-02-07
A
A
Kmy05020EB
B
B
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
09-02-03 SCREW KNURLING
09-02-07 BOARD ASSY.,MEMORY
09-02-08 SDRAMDIMM
09-02-09 BOARD ASSY,MAIN6191B,ASP
09-02-10 NETWORK BOARD
09-02-11 GUIDE RAIL
09-02-14 HARNESSMAIN-HARNESS
09-02-15 HARNESSMAIN-USB MEMORY
09-02-17 GROUNDING SPRING,TYPE-B
FOR EPSON AcuLaserC3800N/DN NO.2-1
C648-MECH-011
02-01-03
Kmy05003EB
02-01-21
02-01-20
02-01-18
02-01-17
02-01-17
02-01-16
02-01-15
02-01-14
02-01-13
02-01-13
02-01-12
02-01-12
02-02-24
(with 3,12-24) 02-01-02
[Ref PL2.2.1]
Front
Rev.01 C648
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-01-02 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT 550 E
02-01-03 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI E
02-01-12 ROLL PINCH TURN
02-01-13 SPRING PINCH TURN
02-01-14 FOLLOWER L
02-01-15 FOLLOWER R
02-01-16 ARM L
02-01-17 SPRING N/F
02-01-18 ARM R
02-01-20 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM
02-01-21 HOLDER ASSY MSI L
02-01-24 ACTUATOR ASSY MSI
C648-MECH-021
a
02-02-23
02-02-23
Kmy05004EB
02-02-26
02-02-23
02-02-13
02-02-09
02-02-02
(with PL2.2.a+PL3.2.ax2) 02-02-80
02-02-12
(without 80) 02-02-01
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-02-01 CASSETTE ASSY REAR 550 E
02-02-02 PLATE ASSY BTM A4 E
02-02-09 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 E
02-02-12 HOLDER ASSY RETARD E
02-02-13 COVER RTD CST (MAT) E
02-02-23 ACTUATOR SIZE
02-02-26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR
02-02-80 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED SEC
Front
03-01-05
03-01-04
03-01-03
C648-MECH-031
(J235)
(J233)
03-01-20
03-01-19
MSI NO PAPER
SENSOR
(J2751)
(P2751)
(J275)
(J236)
Kmy05005EA
03-01-10
03-01-17
03-01-15
[Ref PL3.2.1]
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
03-01-03 SOLENOID FEED MSI
03-01-04 SPRING FEED MSI
03-01-05 GEAR MSI
03-01-10 ROLL ASSY FEED
03-01-15 SENSOR UPPER PASS
03-01-17 HARNESS ASSY MSI NPP
03-01-19 CLUTCH ASSY PH REGI
03-01-20 CLUTCH ASSY PH FEED
Front
03-02-14
C648-MECH-041
03-02-80 (with PL2.2.a+PL3.2.ax2)
(P241)
(J24)
03-02-58
03-02-54
03-02-57
03-02-56
(J234)
(P2412)
(J2412)
(J241)
(P2411)
(J2411)
(J232)
(J2322)
(J2321)
(P2321)
(P2322)
REGI
SENSOR
CST NO PAPER
SENSOR
Kmy05006EB
03-02-49
a
03-02-37
03-02-30
a
03-02-32
03-02-30
03-02-25
03-02-27
03-02-16
03-02-15
03-02-13
03-02-07
03-02-05
03-02-04
(without80) 03-02-01
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
03-02-01 FEEDER ASSY SE
03-02-04 SPRING REGI L
03-02-05 SPRING REGI R
03-02-07 ROLL REGI RUBBER
03-02-13 ACTUATOR A
03-02-14 SPRING REGI SNSR A
03-02-15 ACTUATOR B
03-02-16 SPRING REGI SNSR B
03-02-25 CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN
03-02-27 SPRING EARTH
03-02-32 ROLL ASSY TURN
03-02-37 HARNESS ASSY REGI SNR
03-02-49 ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
03-02-54 PWBA OHP LED
03-02-56 PWBA OHP SNR
03-02-57 HARNESS ASSY OHP SNR
03-02-58 HARNESS ASSY OHP
Front
C648-MECH-051
05-01-26
05-01-26
(J181)
(J182)
(P141)
(J184)
TONER
CARTRIDGE
SENSOR
CRUM
SENSOR
(P193) (K)
(P194) (C)
(P192) (M)
(P191) (Y)
(P311)
(P312)
(P313)
(P161)
(J16)
(J183)
(P314)
(J12)
Kmy05008EC
05-01-17
05-01-15
05-01-12
05-01-12
05-01-12
05-01-12
05-01-08
05-01-06
05-01-05
05-01-03
05-01-03
05-01-03
05-01-24
05-01-25
05-01-23
05-01-03
05-01-02
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
05-01-02 ROS ASSY SEC
05-01-03 CONNECTOR CRUM
05-01-05 ACTUATOR SENSOR CRU
05-01-06 SPRING CRU
05-01-12 DISPENSER ASSY
05-01-15 LED ASSY
05-01-17 PSHV STD
05-01-23 VISOR ASSY LABEL
05-01-24 LEVER VISOR CRU R
05-01-25 LEVER VISOR CRU L
05-01-26 SPRING VISOR CRU
Front
Rev.01 C648
FOR EPSON AcuLaserC3800N/DN NO.6-1
C648-MECH-061
06-01-01
(J17)
(J47)
(J171)
(P171)
Kmy05009EA
06-01-13
06-01-11
06-01-02
06-01-02
06-01-03
06-01-06
06-01-05
06-01-04
06-01-03
06-01-03
06-01-03
06-01-02
06-01-02
[Ref PL1.2.9]
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
06-01-01 CHUTE ASSY EXIT OUT
06-01-02 SPRING PINCH EXIT OUT
06-01-03 ROLL PINCH EXIT
06-01-04 SPRING CORRUGATE
06-01-05 ROLL CORRUGATE
06-01-06 HOLDER CORRUGATE
06-01-11 HARNESS ASSY FUSER 200V
06-01-13 CHUTE DUP GATE
A
A
Front
C648-MECH-071
07-01-04
07-01-04
(JP231)
Kmy05010EC
07-01-09
07-01-05
07-01-19
07-01-01
07-01-14
07-01-14
07-01-17
07-01-18
07-01-14
07-01-14
07-01-13
07-01-03
07-01-01
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
07-01-01 HOLDER ASSY WHEEL STAR
07-01-03 LINK L
07-01-04 LEVER RELEASE
07-01-05 KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER L
07-01-09 KIT HOLDER ASSY DAMPER R
07-01-13 LINK R
07-01-14 FOOT
07-01-17 GUIDE TRAY R 550
07-01-18 SWITCH ASSY SIZE
07-01-19 GUIDE ASSY 550 L
C648-MECH-081
(P251)
(P222)
(P221)
(P211)
(J2761)
Kmy05011EB
08-01-06 08-01-05
08-01-02
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
08-01-02 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
08-01-05 KIT MOT ASSY PH
08-01-06 KIT GEAR ASSY PH
C648-MECH-091
(P276)
(J40)
(J504)
(J501)
(J502)
(P181)
(J27)
(J23)
(J25)
(J21)
(J22)
(P236)
(P272)
(J211)
(P275)
(P235)
(P234)
(P233)
(J221)
(J222)
(J274)
(J232)
(J251)
(J231) (P273)
(J5041) (J401)
(J14)
(J15)
(J18)
(J141)
(P184) (P183) (P182)
(P2761)
(J111)
(J101)
(J261)
(J191)
(J11)
(J10)
(J26)
(J192) (J193) (J194)
(J19)
(J276)
(J314)
(J313)
(J312)
(J311)
(J31)
10-01-08
10-01-07
10-01-06
10-01-05
10-01-04
10-01-02
10-01-01
10-01-03
[Ref PL9.1.20]
[Ref PL9.1.8]
(P23)
(P25)
(P21)
(P22)
(P101)
(P18)
(P15)
(P19)
(P10)
(P11)
(P14)
(P31)
(P24)
(P26)
(P27)
(P12)
(P16)
(P17)
(P40)
(P502)
(P503)
(P504) (P501)
(P44)
(P47)
(P48)
Kmy05013EA
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
10-01-01 HARNESS ASSY ESS S
10-01-02 HARNESS ASSY VIDEO S
10-01-03 HARNESS ASSY HUM
10-01-04 HARNESS ASSY TNR SNR
10-01-05 HARNESS ASSY CRUM
10-01-06 HARNESS ASSY EXIT CLT
10-01-07 HARNESS ASSY R SIDE 550
10-01-08 HARNESS ASSY LV TOP S
Rev.01 FOR 550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit NO.2-1
C802-OPTI-160
(J4213)
(J4201)
Kmy05016EB
02-01-06
02-01-05
02-01-03
[Ref PL2.2]
[Ref PL2.4.1]
[Ref PL2.3.1]
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-01-03 SCREW J OINT
02-01-05 CLUTCH ASSY TURN OPT
02-01-06 CLUTCH ASSY FEED OPT
C802-OPTI-161
(P4201)
(P4202)
(P4212)
(P4213)
(P4211)
(J4211)
(J4221)
(P4221)
(P4222)
(J4222)
(J419)
(J273)
(J422)
(J420)
(P422)
(P420)
(P1)
(P419)
(P423)
(P421)
(J421)
Kmy05017EC
02-02-12
02-02-15
02-02-15
02-02-15
02-02-15
02-02-09
a
a
02-02-10
02-02-11
02-02-08
02-02-07
02-02-06
02-02-05
02-02-03
Front
A
A
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-02-03 HARNESS ASSY FDR UNIT
02-02-05 SWITCH ASSY SIZE
02-02-06 PWBA FEED-H
02-02-07 HARNESS ASSY C2 CHUTE
02-02-08 HARNESS ASSY C2 TURN
02-02-09 HARNESS ASSY C2 MOT
02-02-10 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
02-02-11 GUIDE TRAY R 550
02-02-12 GUIDE ASSY 550 L
02-02-15 FOOT OPT FDR
Front
C802-OPTI-162
02-03-80 (with PL2.3.ax2+PL2.5.a)
(J4212)
(J42121)
(P42121)
CST NO PAPER
SENSOR
Kmy05018EB
a
02-03-25
a
02-03-14
02-03-30
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-09
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-08
02-03-04
(without80) 02-03-01
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-03-01 FEEDER ASSY UNIT OPT SEC
02-03-04 ROLL ASSY TURN
02-03-08 ROLL PINCH TURN
02-03-09 SPRING PINCH TURN
02-03-25 ACTUATOR NO PAPER A4
02-03-30 HARNESS ASSY C2 NO PAPER
Front
FOR 550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit NO.2-4
C802-OPTI-163
Kmy05019EA
02-04-02
[Ref PL2.5.1]
Rev.01
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-04-02 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT 550 OPT E
C802-OPTI-164
(with PL2.3.ax2+PL2.5.a) 02-05-80
02-05-23
02-05-23
Kmy05021EA
a
02-05-26
02-05-23
02-05-13
02-05-09
02-05-02
02-05-12
(without 80) 02-05-01
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
02-05-01 CASSETTE ASSY REAR 550 E
02-05-02 PLATE ASSY BTM A4 E
02-05-09 GUIDE ASSY SIDE R 550 E
02-05-12 HOLDER ASSY RETARD E
02-05-13 COVER RTD CST (MAT) E
02-05-23 ACTUATOR SIZE
02-05-26 SPRING STOPPER GEAR
01-01-15
Rev.01
FOR Duplex Unit NO.1-1
C802-OPTI-158
01-01-25
DUP JAM
SENSOR
(P1)
(P429)
(J2720)
(J428)
(P428)
(P431)
(J4301)
(P4301)
(J430)
(J427)
(P427)
(P430)
Kmy05014EA
01-01-18
01-01-13
01-01-12
01-01-10
01-01-09
[Ref PL11.2]
Front
To PL11.2
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
01-01-09 ACTUATOR DUP
01-01-10 SPRING SENSOR DUP
01-01-13 HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
01-01-15 PWBA DUP-H
01-01-18 HARNESS ASSY DUP UNIT
01-01-25 FAN DUP
Rev.01
FOR Duplix Unit NO.1-2
C802-OPTI-159
01-02-23
From PL11.1
01-02-10
01-02-21
(J429)
(J431)
Kmy05015EB
01-02-15
01-02-14
01-02-28
01-02-02
Front
Confidential
Ref No. Part Name
01-02-02 BELT DUP 3M-128Z
01-02-10 CLUTCH ASSY FEED
01-02-14 ROLL ASSY DUP-1
01-02-15 ROLL ASSY DUP-2
01-02-21 SPRING DUP
01-02-23 MOTOR ASSY DUP
01-02-28 HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH

EPSON AcuLaser C2800 - 3800 Service Manual

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

EPSON AcuLaser C2800 - 3800 Service Manual

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SERVI CE MANUAL

A4 Full Color Laser Printer

Load envelopes on the MP tray with the side to be printed face

AcuLaser C2800/C2800D/C3800/C3800D Revision C

Você também pode gostar